Quantcast
Channel: HPANWO
Viewing all 83 articles
Browse latest View live

The Obscurati Chronicles- Part 14

$
0
0

BUFORA Conference 2012

$
0
0
 
 

Last Friday night, just before 11pm, a cluster of about 20 bright lights were seen crossing the sky over Great Britain and Ireland. In Scotland a number of people called the police thinking that they were witnessing a plane crash; luckily they weren't. The real cause of the fireballs was either meteorites or pieces of "space junk", an old satellite or spacecraft, burning up when they entered the Earth's atmosphere at very high cosmic speeds. If the objects survived their fall to the Earth's surface intact then they've probably fallen into the North Sea. It's likely that this spectacle might generate a few UFO reports too. If you want to make a UFO report for the first time, with no experience of the subject, and you go to Google and put in "UFO", one of the first hits you'll get is the website of BUFORA, the British UFO Research Association, see: http://www.bufora.org.uk/content/For a long time now, I've been a believer in synchronicity and used the word "coincidence" less and less to explain the way separate events can be very apt in their timing. You see, the day after this celestial fireworks display, the BUFORA Conference began and I attended.
 
As regular HPANWO-readers will know, I'm financially much worse off than I used to be; I've not been able to do my usual tour of the conspiracy/paranormal conference circuit this year, however I remain in good spirits. Compared to others who have shared my fate, like Tony Farrell and Kevin Annett (See: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/01/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-ldidg.html), I've been very fortunate. I have a roof over my head and food on my table; what's more I've managed to break my addiction to materialism and consumerism that we're all conditioned to get hooked on, and I've realized that there's a spiritual dimension to life that you can't get sacked from! I also believe that the universe helps you along if you can keep a positive frame of mind, and as "luck" would have it several conferences have been organized this year that are cheap and easy to get too, so I've been able to join the other delegates there. One of these was the BUFORA Conference which took place in London; London is linked to Oxfordby a very good coach service that runs almost 24-7. I was also offered accommodation at the home of two friends of mine from the Kent Freedom Movement who live in Shepherds Bush, see: http://kentfreedommovement.ning.com/. The venue was at the Holiday Inn near Kings Cross Station, a half-hour ride on the London Underground. The conference room was in the basement and made up for in comfort what it lacked in daylight. There were the usual book stalls in the foyer and a neat and clean auditorium. Considering that the subject of conversation included orbs, the patterns on the carpet were remarkably appropriate; "it's almost as if they knew we were going to be here" said one of the speakers. See the photoes below:
 
 
 
 
 
The hotel itself is modern and very grand, a bit too grand perhaps. There was nowhere we could purchase refreshments over the counter and when I asked if there was somewhere I could buy a cup of tea the receptionist said: "Go and sit in the bar and I'll send the waiter in to serve you." I did so and about five minutes later a very dapper man in a suit came in and said: "What would you like, Sir?" This 5-star service arrangement is all well and good if you enjoy that kind of thing, but when you've got a 15 minute break between speakers you just long to be able to just flip somebody 50 pence and have them hand you over a mug of tea straight away. I apologized to the waiter and told him I didn't have time. Then I did what I should have done to begin with: nipped out of the hotel to the greasy spoon across the road. This became the generally-accepted social gathering place for many of the delegates over the weekend.
 
The three letters "UFO" are a very good root for acronyms because they have two vowels with a consonant in the middle, hence the ease with which names like MUFON, BUFOG, CUFOS etc roll off the tongue. BUFORA is another, although it was originally BUFOA, the British UFO Association; the R for "research" was added in 1964 when the original group merged with another. The tall and learned-looking founder-president Lionel Beer (BUFORA link) opened the conference with a brief history of the organization. It began in September 1962 at a meeting in Kensington Central Library; this was exactly 50 years ago, so this one was a very special anniversary conference: the half-centenary, as you can see in the banner (Thanks to Matt Lyons, the BUFORA chairman for allowing HPANWO to illustrate this article with these official graphics). Their first Chairman was Nick Stephenson whose photo is below. As another speaker quipped: "It's 65 years since 1947 so modern UFOlogy is at a pensionable age." BUFORA immediately recruited a network of investigators and got stuck in to all the biggest and most promising British cases, the "Warminster Thing", the Lakenheath Incident, the famous 1979 House of Lords UFO debate and many others. BUFORA has a reputation for being a "pure" UFOlogical group, an aspect which I'll expand on more later, but it's had its fair share of sinister and underhand attention over the years, including an attempted infiltration by the Church of Scientology and the Aetherius Society. The latter are bat-excrement crazy, but pretty harmless; however the former are well-known to have a dark and violent side to them. When Lionel received threats he was understandably worried. In the early years he also had to contend with the rise of the far right and their own involvement with UFO's. BUFORA members were harassed by the sinister and mysterious people calling themselves "APEN- the Aerial Phenomenon Enquiry Network". This is believed by many to be a cover-organization for the National Front or one of the other BNP-like parties that were popular at the time. The Government were investigating those parties at the time and people showed up at BUFORA meetings whom Lionel swears were MI5 or Special Branch. I'm not sure, but I suspect that APEN was actually run by the Government itself, however they'd be foolish to let every department of MI5 and Special Branch in on that secret so I don't doubt that real agents from those outfits did attend Lionel's meetings as he said they did. I met a man from Germany at the conference who told me that UFOlogy is very unpopular in his native country because it has connotations with Neo-Nazism via its inevitable overlap with the conspiracy theory community. The German author Jan van Helsing is specifically named as a bridge between the two milieux. I've read one of van Helsing's books, paradoxically advertised under the title Don't Touch this Book!, and I could find nothing racist or fascist in it, but I do understand why the Germans are very sensitive about this subject because of their own tragic history. I myself am a part of this overlap, but I can honestly say that there are far fewer people in the conspiratorial world with racist and far rightist political views than most people think; and nothing justifies the hysterical and hateful abuse that David Icke has suffered at the hands of the "anti-fascist" movement, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P2ypYcZ7qfwIf anybody dares to accuse me of being a Neo-Nazi then the kindest thing I can say to them is... leave my vicinity... or words to that effect!
 
BUFORA also found itself hurled into Cold War politics, which, sadly, few people managed to escape in the 60's and 70's. A staffer from the Soviet Embassy joined and although Lionel approved his membership it lost the organization a part of its security certificate. More infiltrators turned up at meetings and asked political questions. Lionel thinks that these people were testing BUFORA to see where its political loyalties lay. He was also tested to see if he would swallow disinformation. Luckily the Association has a policy of being non-political which was a wise move in those days; and it still is, up to a point. BUFORA has long been affiliated with the magazine Flying Saucer Review, and since Gordon Creighton sadly went, as Lionel puts it, "to that great saucer in the sky" BUFORA has been given the substantial research archives of that oldest of UFO journals. Lionel has had his house raided by the police, has been arrested for photographing Bentwaters Base (This was before the Rendlesham Forest Incident), sat for five hours in the House of Lords public gallery, been thrown out of Morely College and had L Ron Hubbard threaten to drown him in the sea! The life of a UFO investigator is not without its hazards.
 
 

The next speaker was Heather Dixon (BUFORA link) She spoke clearly and professionally during her hour on stage, obviously she has experience of doing lectures. She is striking in appearance, disarmingly pretty and smartly-dressed with a head of well-groomed, lush blonde hair. She began by lamenting about how much of the information available to UFOlogists nowadays is false and misleading; I agree completely with that and have said as much myself, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/06/fake-alien-videos.htmlShe then went on to explain how it is that people can make mistakes about what they see in the sky, how they might see something that they don't recognize and assume wrongly that it's inexplicable. Several times during her lecture she repeated: "More than 98% of all reported sightings have a mundane explanation" and this was a point reiterated by several other speakers. The list of things that can confuse the witness is enormous; 60% of reports can be explained as Chinese lanterns. I'm ashamed to say that I was taken in by them too; once but never again! There are other things such as laser light shining into the sky; although I think they've been banned because they can dazzle aircraft pilots and could even cause a plane crash. Astronomical objects are major culprits, like the planet Venus. I find it hard to believe that large numbers of people could be fooled that way, especially professional observers like pilots and policemen, but Heather says these do account for a large proportion of the reports received. She presented statistics of sightings and their analysis in the same way other speakers did. The International Space Station, birds, kites, balloons and satellites in space also cause people to pick up the phone and call. She also echoes Mark Pilkington, Nick Cook and others by claiming that the Government is quite pleased when people think they've seen spacecraft from another planet when they accidentally intrude on a top secret test of some new spy-plane. This may true in some cases, but it in no way accounts for the entire UFO phenomenon. And I also suspect that some kind of double-bluff may be in operation; the Government could be using aviation projects to launder their secret UFO research programmes, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/roswell-no-aliens-just-sound-waves.htmlShe then went on to discuss what she calls "high strangeness". This is of course the title of a famous book by Laura Knight-Jadczyk, but Heather uses the term to mean close encounters and the abduction phenomenon. She made a lot of the same points Richard Wiseman does in his book Paranormality, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/04/paranormality-by-prof-richard-wiseman.html: hypnagogic and hypnopompic states of mind, sleep paralysis etc. During the Question and Answer session at the end I asked Heather: "Leaving aside the whole UFO subject and just concentrating on the 'high strangeness', can the explanations you've just given account for every single case you've ever investigated?" To her credit, Heather immediately replied: "No." She then told me about a man she knows in Northumberland whom she gives the pseudonym "Steve Robinson". She thinks he could be experiencing real alien contact. I enjoyed listening to Heather's address and she's quite right to make people aware that it's essential to eliminate all mundane explanations for UFO sightings before postulating the possibility of ET involvement, but I would have liked to have heard more about "Steve Robinson" and any other real cases she'd encountered. She only had a limited time to speak, I know, but I hope she'll maybe do a new speech next time where she squeezes the explicables down to 20 or 30 minutes and leaves the rest for the real ET research she's done. I'd make a similar observation about two other speakers, Jenny Randles and Vicente Juan Ballester-Olmos (See: http://www.nicap.org/bios/ballester-olmos.htm) Vicente Juan's statistics showed that on one occasion the number of unexplained sightings rose from its comfortable average of 2 or 5% to 40%; but he blames that on less cases being examined; and "unexplained" being the default category for a case not yet investigated. However, bear in mind that investigators have different viewpoints. One of the cases he quoted as "solved" was the Solway Firth Spaceman; however I think that there is need for a second opinion on his diagnosis, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/03/solway-firth-spaceman.html
 
Heather Dixon supports the policy BUFORA have towards the use of hypnosis to retrieve information from a witness. They're against it. She says hypnosis simply fuels and solidifies fantasy and can construct false memories. This is highly disputed and there are many other groups who endorse the use of hypnosis and rebut the misgivings Heather described. I recently interviewed Mary Rodwell on HPANWO Radio, see from 0.46.40: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-11-podcast-mary-rodwell.html. As she details in the interview, she think hypnosis is a good method of recovering lost recollections and explains why she refutes the theory that it generates falsified memory. The same goes for AMMACH, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/ammach-conference-2012.html.
 

Jenny Randles(See: http://www.ufoevidence.org/researchers/detail40.htm) is a living legend in the UFO community. She is one of the "Four Horsewomen" of RendleshamForest(Another of the Four, Dot Street, was a delegate at the conference. Brenda Butler was not there and Georgina Bruni has sadly passed away) If it hadn't been for those four eminent ladies the Rendlesham Forest Incident would never have become what it is today, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/12/rendlesham-forest-incident-30th.htmlIt's unlikely anybody would have even heard about it. At best it would have emerged rather like the Roswell Incident did: the aging witnesses coming forward 30 or so years later, round about today, with wild stories but no documents, no photoes, no forensics, nothing. She's a former chief investigator with BUFORA. Jenny could not travel to the venue personally, so through the wonders of technology she spoke from her home in North Walesvia a live Skype link (A lot of UFO enthusiasts seem to live in North Wales for some reason). Like several of the other speakers she once again reminded us that over 95% of all reported sightings are explicable in mundane terms, what she called "IFO's- Identified Flying Objects"; it began to sound a bit like a mantra to me. She thinks it's important to focus on IFO's for the same reason Heather Dixon does, however I once again found myself wondering if they're focusing on that a bit too much. Jenny plans to write a book on IFO's... a book!? Normally it's only Skeptics who write books like that (I analyze exactly what I mean by "Skeptics" as opposed to "sceptics" in this episode of HPANWO Radio, from 1.07.23: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-5-podcast-skeptics.html) But Jenny is not a Skeptic, she has not completely rejected the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis. Perhaps we could call her and people like her an "IFOlogist". As a writer myself I know how much effort is required to write a book; it means giving up a year or more of your life to write, rewrite, revise, edit, submit, negotiate with publishers etc. Jenny is taking the line Heather did, the perceived necessity of constantly looking over your shoulder, to an even greater degree. Another observation Jenny made was that when people experience a UFO sighting, like in the case of the meteor shower the night before, you'll often find that they embellish the details of the sighting. For example if they see a few balls of fire trailing across the sky they'll then later on claim that they saw a structured craft with lights running along it, or that they heard a buzzing alien-like sound coming from it etc. This may sometimes be the case, but there are other incidents which indicate the exact opposite. The strange case of the "Avebury Carlos" is one. A few years ago, some engineers built a fake UFO out of a model plane and flew it over Avebury, an ancient sacred site and a gathering place for mystics, hippies and pagans. The intention was to fool them and therefore show them up for being dupes. People did indeed report a UFO, but in a way the plan backfired because they reported pretty much what they saw. There were none of the embellishments and exaggerations that the hoaxers were banking on. It showed that even the so-called “most gullible members of society” have turned out to be much better witnesses than previously thought. Jenny Randles has recently been a focus of controversy because of her views on one of the most significant events in British UFOlogical history, the Berwyn Mountains Incident of 1974, the "Welsh Roswell" (This is an inaccurate nickname, in my view, because it does not involve a crash-retrieval. See here for my review of the book on the subject UFO Down by Andy Roberts: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/01/ufo-down-by-andy-roberts.html) This case has been massively played down by the mainstream media with facetious newspaper reports like this one: http://www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/features/3380291/The-RosWelsh-incident.htmlThis article is not only making a mockery of the entire event in true tabloid style, with its comic-book illustration and the clumsy, Murdochian forced pun in the title; it contains errors that could so easily have been avoided that I can only conclude that they were "deliberately not avoided"; for example, the police searched the wrong mountain! However the dismissal of the magnitude of the Berwyn Mountains case comes from inside the UFO community too. To this day many UFOlogists maintain that this was the coinciding of an earthquake and bolide meteor, together with the "earthlights" phenomenon written about by Paul Devereux. Unfortunately Jenny is one of them; in fact she even claims to have seen an earthlight herself during a field trip to the Berwynrange. A good friend of mine is Richard Wright, who reviewed the 2011 BUFORA Conference for UFO Matrix magazine. He is both a UFO journalist and a geologist. He told me that Jenny must have seen something else that could not be an earthlight. The only way rocks can produce light is through friction, like rubbing two bits of flint together to produce a spark. What's more a massive amount of work has been done by many UFOlogists, especially Scott Felton and Richard D Hall, that proves that no other event in our sights right now deserves further study more than the Berwyn Mountains Incident. Richard has produced a feature-length documentary on the subject which I recommend, see: http://www.richplanet.net/dvd30.phpIn less than two years it will be the 40th anniversary; are we going to let it go past just shrugging it off as earthquakes and earthlights? Another conference speaker, Dave Newton (See BUFORA link) disappointed me by also repeating this line during his address on Sunday. There have been a few TV and radio reports about Berwynlike this one: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNR2M0eYsEQIt features a number of UFOlogists being interviewed, however among the out-takes you should find Scott Felton as well. Why was his part not broadcast? A TV expert would say: "We had to cut it down to 45 minutes and simply didn't have room for him", but the way the other individuals, like Jenny, are given so much air time indicates that it is the nature of what was said that decided what this film's editors chose to broadcast, and what to exclude. This means that this programme is presenting Berwyn in a particular light. If therefore we have some kind of media cover-up in operation and this film is a piece of its propaganda then Jenny Randles is collaborating with it, whether she knows it or not. That would be a great shame given her vital contribution to UFO truth in the past.
 

During our Saturday lunch break I was walking though the merchandise area when I saw an elderly man wearing a neatly-pressed suit. He looked well built and his head was shaved, though he had a sparse beard, like a retired bouncer; but he also had an intensely jolly smile and bright eyes that looked youthful and full of joie-de-vivre. I went up and spoke to him. He had a calm, mellow and intelligent voice. It wasn't long before I recognized him as the RevdLionel Fanthorpe (See: http://www.lionel-fanthorpe.com/) He has one of the most impressive CV's you could ever wish to see, in fact it's easier to think of something he hasn'tdone than something he has. He's a school teacher, a vicar, a motorbike expert, a journalist, a martial arts expert, a weightlifter, a wrestler, he's a member of MENSA, the society for people with high IQ's, and on top of all that he is president of ASSAP (See: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/assap-seriously-strange-conference.html) I first heard of him many years ago when he presented the brilliant programme Fortean TV, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tec6O83LHWMNow aged 77 he's still going strong and has lost none of his charisma; in fact I've often described him as Britain's answer to Robert Anton Wilson. He did a presentation entitled Behind all Anomalous Reports. He made a list of all possible things UFO's are, and aliens from space was just one of them; the list was similar to what you'll find in Richard Dolan and Bryce Zabel's ADbook, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/exopolitics-leeds-2011.html1: ET's, 2: interdimensional objects, 3: time travellers 4: ghosts 5: angels and demons 6: denizens of Atlantis or another unknown prehistoric Earth civilization; I'm sure we can think of more. There are two other possibilities that spring to my mind, 7: All of the above, 8: None of the above; something nobody has yet thought of! His speech was light-hearted yet informative, and I was enthralled by his story about how a man experienced an interdimensional slip while in the public toilets outside Norwich Cathedral! Another entertaining performance took place at the end of the Conference on Sunday and was carried out by my old friend Ross Hemsworth (See: http://www.rosshemsworth.com/) whom I was delighted to see again. Ross organized one of the best conferences I've ever been to in Glastonbury in 2008; unfortunately it was just a one-off, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/now-thats-weird-conference-2008.htmlIn his lecture he describes a strange encounter he had with a telepathic being in RendleshamForest. The photo is copyrighted and so I can't post it, but the being appears as a smoky or misty shape above Ross' head. It has a humanoid face and what looks like huge ears or horns coming out of the side of its head. I hear that Ross and Lionel Fanthorpe are going to do a TV show together soon; I have a feeling those two will make a good double act. John Hanson (See: http://hauntedskies.blogspot.co.uk/) also gave a fascinating speech about his experiences in Rendlesham Forest, and he even brought with him some of the mysterious stones that appeared out of thin air and dropped to the ground in the forest. These are what are known as "apports", solid objects that seem to manifest out of nowhere, usually during Spiritualist seances. John allowed us to handle the stones and they looked and felt like ordinary stones to me, but John, like Ross, has had some really weird experiences in those woods and is willing to talk about them. He's also engaged in a monumental project to construct an encyclopaedia of Britain's UFO's. As you can see in the link above; it is going to run to many volumes.
 

The history of UFO's and their impact on human society is a theme picked up by several of the speakers John Spencer (See: http://www.amazon.co.uk/UFO-Encyclopedia-John-Spencer/dp/0747234949/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1348524444&sr=1-1) made a speech entitled "A History of UFO's" in which he described how the UFO phenomenon has evolved alongside human society, set against the backdrops of World War II, the Cold War and the advent of the Space Age. It is clear that in fact UFO and alien encounters have not changed at all; it is our attitude towards them that has changed and it's changed because our world has changed. This leads to the question that often gets knocked back with curious frowns: Why do we call them "extraterrestrial"? The answer will often be seen as obvious: "Because they come from outer space of course!" But do they? How do we know that? Dave Newton and several other speakers echoed the thoughts of some other people I know, like Brian Allan, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-10-podcast-brian-allan.htmlThe classic Extraterrestrial Hypothesis is the one which states that UFO's and aliens are flesh and blood creatures from some unknown Earth-like planet a long way out in space, which we could see with a telescope if we looked hard enough, and that they fly here in nuts and bolts spacecraft that are simply more sophisticated versions of our own rockets; this is really an assumption. There's little hard evidence that indicates that that is the case. If they're not little green men from Mars then what are they? I refer you to Lionel Fanthorpe's list.
 
Tony Eccles (See: http://anthonyeccles.wordpress.com/author/mistereetony/) has discovered that there are many similarities between alien encounters and religion, like Shamanism. This is a point not lost on people like Rick Strassman and Graham Hancock (See HPANWO Links column). Contactees have a lot in common with Spiritualist mediums and indigenous shamans of the Amazon who take psychoactive drugs to commune with their gods. Despite this Tony doesn't think that UFO's are a religion. There is no "UFO God" as such (although Steven Greer thinks there is, and it's him!). On the question of what UFO's are Clas Svahn (See: http://www.ufo.se/) has been studying a particular type of UFO: "ghost rockets". These date back to the 1930's and the first ever recorded aerial interception was deployed by the Swedish Army Air Corps in 1931 to try and examine them (Good 2009). They continue to be reported to this day. Unlike most UFO's these do bear a moderate resemblance to man-made aircraft or projectiles; they tend to be streamlined and have wings, fins and propulsion nozzles. They're also unique in being almost exclusively confined to a specific region of the world: Scandinavia. They often end their flights by dropping into lakes and Clas has even organized a diving expedition to one of the lakes where a ghost rocket has been reported to have landed. So far they haven't found anything, but the lake bed is covered in thick, deep mud so they'll need to go back with better scanning equipment. I hope he'll succeed because he's been chasing these stories since he was 16 years old. Geoff Falla (See: BUFORA link) has studied incidents in which people experience close encounters while driving along in their cars. These often start with the vehicle suddenly malfunctioning; the engine stops, the electrics cut out, the radio experiences interference etc. This is a very common feature of UFO incidents on the road and was what befell Richard Dreyfus' character in the film Close Encounters of the Third Kind. The director of that movie, Stephen Spielberg, approached real UFOlogists to act as consultants. Geoff has gathered some interesting statistics that seem to indicate that certain regions of the globe are more afflicted by these kinds of events than others, and it's all to do with latitude and longitude.
 
Richard Conway(See BUFORA link) Did a presentation together with his father Stan Conway (Not billed) that was definitely one of my favourites of the Conference. Richard is the science adviser of BUFORA and shares a passionate interest of mine: Free Energy. I got the impression from the blurb that he was going to debunk the concept, but in fact he didn't. He is dubious only about those people who claim to have received the knowledge to build advanced scientific technology from "alien epiphanies". He met a lady in Turkeywho built a lightweight ceramic radio-shield after an extraterrestrial being told her how to. I don't think it's prudent to dismiss the notion that people can be inspired this way; after all Tony Eccles showed us that ET contact experiences are very similar to other kinds of mystical states of mind; and that it's a well-known fact that some great marvels have been achieved through them. Francis Crick, the discoverer of DNA, was encouraged in his quest by visions and insights he gained on LSD trips. I hope Richard and Tony compared notes afterwards. Richard also takes seriously the issue of "Cold Fusion" that I myself have investigated, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/martin-fleischmann-dies.htmland: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2009/09/freikraft.htmland: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/cold-fusion-still-ongoing.html. Stan Conway gave an energetic talk about the progress of Zero Point Energy technology. Amazingly NASA have launched a serious project to research this and as you'll see in the links above, so has Dr Robert Duncan of the University of Minnesota. But as I say in those linked articles, these projects up till now have been very abortive. For some reason they start very well, but grind to a halt. Rumour has it that some "rich philanthropists" get involved who quietly and covertly scuttle the ship when nobody's looking. For this reason I'll be watching these new projects very carefully to see what happens. Richard talked about people he refers to as "tinkerers", these are laymen with an interest in science who carry out scientific work as a hobby. Among these he includes John Hutchison, John Searl, Edward Leedskalnin and Viktor Schauberger. He says that these people are often just "eccentrics" who have misled themselves into thinking they've made a scientific breakthrough, and when properly-trained scientists investigate they find out that there's nothing in them. However I've studied these individuals myself and I take them far more seriously (See for example: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/06/alternative-view-ii-part-4.htmland: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/11/who-is-wilbert-smith.html) Most of these "tinkerers" come from the USA, and this is a country with a great tradition of garden shed, amateur inventors; people like Thomas Edison and the Wright Brothers. People laughed at them once, but, as the Frank Sinatra song goes, who has the last laugh now?
 
 
I'm very glad I went to the BUFORA 2012 50th Anniversary Conference. I met some lovely people, caught up with some old friends and made some new ones. I had some great conversations with Matt Lyons, the chairman, the German man I mentioned and another man called Bill. I also met up with some old buddies, like Colin and Dave from Probe, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/10/uk-probe-conference-2010.htmlI also saw Mike Rutter whom I interviewed at a recent Probe conference, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RbKiDPHpvbUMany thanks to all the organizers and speakers for their hard work in putting together this conference and for giving us this information on stage. I must confess it was not what I expected. I said at the beginning of this report that BUFORA was "pure"; I meant that it is purely for the scientific study of the phenomenon and doesn't embrace any of the conspiracy theories related to the subject. The Exopolitics movement, on the other hand, takes a diametrically opposed position on UFO's. For them, UFO science has already done its job and generated a conclusion: UFO's exist; now what do we do about that? One thing's for certain if you're campaigning for Disclosure: There is, by definition, a conspiracy involved. My own opinion, as regular HPANWO-readers know, is that the Exopolitics movement is correct. This doesn't mean that UFOlogy has no further purpose; it does. Just because I'm certain that UFO's exist doesn't mean that the scientific investigation of them should stop; on the contrary, it is an even more urgent mission now. Therefore there is still a role for organizations like BUFORA. My concern is that the denial that a conspiracy exists could lead to them easily falling foul of one, and, as I've detailed above, the BerwynMountainscase could well be the first tripwire. Nick Pope defines Exopolitics as the "militant wing" of UFOlogy; I define it as a group of UFOlogists who have simply made up their minds.
 
If I met somebody right now with an emerging interest in UFO's who was thinking of going to a BUFORA event or joining BUFORA I would definitely say: "go ahead", however I would also advise them to also look into the other side of the story; go to Exopolitics events too, read UFO conspiratorial books. I know several people who feel very disillusioned by BUFORA; some have said so publicly like Richard D Hall and Simon Parkes. My own experience along with this conference comes from my submission of two sightings reports, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/12/my-ufo-sighting-281208.htmlI have no serious criticism of how they handled my reports other than it is slightly tinged with the "looking back over their shoulder" tendency that I went into above. The email I received in reply to my Chinese lantern sighting was longer than the one about the December 2008 sighting, even though the one in 2008 was far harder to explain. I'd be more interested in that one than the Chinese lanterns and want to write more about it! I get the feeling that BUFORA, like ASSAP, quite enjoys having one foot in the Skeptic movement and rather apes them. A major hero for the speakers who was repeatedly quoted was Carl Sagan; this was man who may have started out as amenable to the prospect, but did not take the idea of UFO's seriously in his mature career. He developed a reputation as a debunker and has won several posthumous Skeptic awards. BUFORA, and also ASSAP and the CFZ (See HPANWO Links column), occupy that strange demi-monde between the two worlds; on the bridge, being shot at from both sides. On the Skeptic-believer scale this conference was one notch up from the specialist Skeptic ones like James Randi's TAM or QED. I've actually been to TAM London; I like to hear all sides of the story: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/10/tam-london-2010.html
 
There will be no BUFORA Conference next year, but in 2014 they plan to hold an event in Glastonbury. It will be a single day only so that delegates have the chance to see all the other sights in the town during the weekend. If I can I will go along and I would recommend it to anybody else. I didn't notice it at the time, but there was a BBC reporter at the conference and this is his article: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-19702652
 
 
 

The Obscurati Chronicles- Part 15

$
0
0

Mirage Men by Mark Pilkington

$
0
0
A HPANWO book review.
Mirage Men by Mark Pilkington can be purchased at all good bookshops and also here:http://strangeattractor.co.uk/shoppe/mirage-men/ 

I first met Mark Pilkington at the ASSAP Seriously Strange conference last year, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/assap-seriously-strange-conference.htmlHe was one of the speakers and was also publicizing his new book Mirage Men- a Journey in Disinformation, Paranoia and UFO's. I intended to buy a copy then and review it, but other duties got in the way; but better late than never! It's been a while since I've done a detailed book review and it's good to get back into that field.
See here for previous book reviews I've done:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/01/ufo-down-by-andy-roberts.html
My first thought was how much Pilkington resembled Carl Miller and Jamie Bartlett... That's a thought! Has anybody ever seen the three of them in the same place together!?... We have a new conspiracy theory here! But if they are all separate people we'll have to call them the 118-118 triplets. Because I saw his speech I got the general gist of the book's theme and decided that it should play a role in my new novel The Obscurati Chronicles, the draft of which can be read free online. In this scene the main character, Glyn, is given a copy by a government agent, see: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/the-obscurati-chronicles-part-15.html

Mark Pilkington is a researcher, writer and publisher on many subjects, but he specializes in fringe beliefs and culture. His work has been published in the Fortean Times, Time Out and The FrankfurtSchool Journal... Sorry! I meant The Guardian. Mirage Men is his second book and comes out of Constable instead of his own imprint Strange Attractor Press, see link above. I feel rather envious of the author actually because the story is built around his visit to the International UFO Congress in Laughlin, NevadaUSA; this is one conference I've wanted to attend more than any other. The book has the feel of a road trip story and throughout he is accompanied by his friend and colleague John Lundberg, and a few HPANWO-readers may be familiar with that name, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/05/plankers.html. This book is all about what the author calls "UFOria", which is a homophone of "euphoria" and is his term for an enthusiastic interest in UFO's. People who suffer from UFOria are called by another witticism: "saucerers". Pilkington is a stylish and skilled writer and his prose is full of neat humour that echoes his journalistic career. He is well-travelled and although he is English he writes in a transatlantic language; he uses words like "freeway" and he calls PearlHarbour"Pearl Harbor" and says "Colorado River" instead of River Colorado. Pilkington used to be a UFO-believer himself to the point where he describes himself as "obsessed". Since then he has become far more sceptical, and Skeptical, of the whole subject and Mirage Men is a last-ditch attempt to clear up the truth about the subject once and for all. 


Pilkington begins by relating his own UFO close encounter in 1995 while he was touring YosemiteNational Park. He saw a silvery metallic reflective sphere about eight feet across and it passed no less than fifty feet above his head while he was changing a wheel on his car, so this no brief flash of light glimpsed through the trees. What's more there were two other people in the car who witnessed the phenomenon too. At the end of the book he has another sighting of a spider-like object hanging in the sky; this might make the reader wonder how he reconciles these experiences with the rest of the story when he explains his theory; you see Pilkington believes that UFO's are actually an elaborate hoax perpetrated on the population by the Iluminati-occupied governments. This very Skeptical position may well have been instilled by his activities as a "planker", a human crop circle-maker. "Yes, they're all made by people. I'd have thought that was bleeding obvious!" he rants. John Lundberg is of course the leader of Circlemakers, Britain's, and therefore the world's, top planker team, see: http://www.circlemakers.org/While they were at Congress they had a good laugh at the crop circle speakers, saying "I made that" whenever the speaker mentioned a specific formation. I don't think it's "bleeding obvious" at all that these objects are all man-made. Of course I have to concede that some of them, probably the majority, are made by people like Lundberg and Pilkington, but not all of them are by far. (Interestingly a couple of months ago when this formation appeared, in my view the finest of the year: http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2012/hackpenhill3/hackpenhill2012c.html, a planker friend of mine contacted me on Facebook and said: "Ben, do you know who did that one? I've got no idea!") Nevertheless Pilkington and Lundberg were made welcome at Congress and soon came across a man who would become pivotal in their research, Richard Doty. Ever since the modern UFO era began in 1947, the subject has had what the author describes as "human fingerprints all over it". There's no doubt that the government have taken a keen interest in the subject, but out of the intricate "twisted pretzel" that the author compares it to, he thinks he has found a narrative. This is a very bold assertion; does the evidence match up to it? The tale is a complex one and includes such slippery figures as Fred Crisman, who Pilkington enters without introducing him. The frantic couple of weeks in the summer of 1947 which began the UFO age started with the Maury Island Incident in which a fishing boat was attacked by a squadron of doughnut-shaped objects. The objects showered the boat with globules of what resembled molten metal, injuring the people on board and killing their dog. Almost immediately strange people began showing up at the skipper's home. These sound to me like Men-in-Black. Pilkington assumes that these are government agents although I and John Keel, to whom the book is dedicated, have other ideas about that. Men-in-Black did not exist in popular culture at that time although this trope can be found all over the world going back throughout history. In the South African Zulu culture they're called "The Beasts of the Terrible Blanket" and appear differently to match the time period and culture they appear in, but according to Keel they are a universal natural archetype. One must also ask the question: if UFO's are simply a trick by government intelligence agencies then how come they already had a contingency plan in place before the era started? The MiB arrived at MauryIsland the very next day after the encounter. The author gives us a speculative analysis of Byzantine complexity involving possible Soviet aircraft or agents, the cover-up of a radioactive leak, an attempt to defraud a science-fiction writer. In the end there is no way to know what really happened at MauryIsland, but that doesn't stop Pilkington wondering aloud; perhaps he hopes that if he guesses enough times he'll hit the mark anyway by chance. This is something he does on many occasions throughout the book. What he avoids religiously is what I consider a more parsimonious and logical explanation: The boat was actually attacked by extraterrestrial artefacts of some kind; this was followed by the classic aftershocks of MiB encounters. The government responded so quickly because they did have a contingency plan in place which they set up after previous UFO incidents. Yes, the UFO era did not begin in 1947; this was simply when the subject reached the threshold mass that allowed it to break out into popular culture, but the government already knew about the extraterrestrial presence many many years before, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/pre-roswell-roswells.htmlOf course there's no way to prove this, but then again Pilkington has no way to prove what he asserts either. The world of government intelligence operations is a virtually perfect universal smokescreen. What I don't quite understand is how the author sees his own speculative chronicle as making more sense than any other. As with Roswell; Pilkington claims that the original story was released deliberately; he can't imagine that the original Flying Disk press release could have been released accidentally. He claims that the 509th press officer, Walter Haut, was acting on orders from his own Commanding Officer, Blanchard, to fool the public into thinking a crashed UFO had been salvaged when in fact it hadn't. But mistakes can happen, especially in that rather chaotic fortnight following the Kenneth Arnold sighting, the event which coined the phrase "Flying Saucer". Since then the US Government has changed its story about what really happened at Roswellin July 1947 so many times that if it were a witness in court the judge would send it down for contempt. First it was a weather balloon... no a V2 rocket... no a parachute test.... no a spy balloon... no dead monkeys; what will the next incarnation of the cover-story be? (See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/roswell-no-aliens-just-sound-waves.html) According to the author the Roswellstory went silent for thirty years and exploded out of obscurity only when Stanton Friedman discovered Jesse Marcel in 1977, which is when the modern Roswellera began. (This I dispute, but that's a long story. An article in Dot Connector magazine shows that there was a presence for Roswell in the intervening years). What I find curious is that the author sees his own narrative as being more sensible than anybody else's when it is based on what, by his own admission, is a world of paranoia and disinformation; in fact this is the subtitle of the book. I expect that if questioned on this subject he will play the Skeptic Joker: Occam's Razor. This is a problem-solving method which directs you to always consider the most likely explanation first. So, for example, if your radio stops working the most likely cause is that the batteries have simply gone flat; so change the batteries first before opening it up and fiddling with its wires. But Occam's Razor only works within a sphere of understanding that already exists; we already know how a radio works, that's why we can apply Occam's Razor to it. In the case of both UFO's themselves and government intelligence operations (probably even more so the latter!) we have no clue in hell what is going on within them, so how can we assert any kind of narrative related to them as being more simple than any other? The author is man enough to admit that some UFO's could be real; there are many others who are not. Indeed, as I said, he relates two very significant sightings of his own in the story, so then why is he so certain that any interest the government shows in the subject is simply disinformation?


In the 1990's Pilkington was the chairman of NUFOS, the Norfolk UFO Society, and he provides rather lurid descriptions of his fellow members; in fact he only took over as chairman when the previous chair had a drug-induced nervous breakdown. The most common type of UFO sighted at the time was the black triangle. These, he states, are experimental stealth aircraft. This is definitely true in some cases. For example the "North Sea Delta" was certainly. This is because it was being refuelled at the time by a positively identified US Air Force KC-135 tanker. There was a whole array of sightings in and around Belgiumin that decade and these have also been blamed on new stealth aircraft. What the government supposedly did in this case is actually encourage UFO reports about these objects in order to launder the tests of their own experimental aircraft, and this is a theory Pilkington comes back to many times in Mirage Men. In some cases that might be true; for instance the famous photograph above of one of the Belgian events does resemble a stealth aircraft; it is shot from a distinct if thin side angle and I can see what looks like the F117's, or one of its adaptation's, classic angular fuselage on top. But this doesn't even approach an explanation for the entire black triangle phenomenon. Here's an interview I did myself with a witness to such an event: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V3We52RgPJ8A man-made aircraft can appear unusual in shape or sound, but it will behave in a recognizable way because it flies by aerofoil action. Therefore it will be driven forward by an engine that makes noise to achieve lift; which means it can't hover, it can't hang there silently at odd angles and it can't zip around without inertia. As you can see, Colin Saunders saw the object up so close that he was later able to build a model of it; he's an aviation engineer and so would know immediately if he was in the presence of a stealth aircraft, even if it was a classified experimental model. The reason governments encourage the UFO explanation for sightings is the one Smith gave Glyn in The Obscurati Chronicles, see link above. I'll quote the passage from the novel in full:
He laughed again. “You see, Glyn, governments often create false scenarioes based around superstitious myths in order to confuse and distract curious onlookers from the real nature of their activities. In the old days this would be to engineer fake vampire attacks or write stories about an angel at the Battle of Mons; today the central folklore of the modern age is that we’re being visited by intelligent creatures from another planet. So we feed the believers exactly what they want in abundance, so that they never see what’s really going on.”
“I don’t understand.” stuttered Glyn.
Smith sighed patiently. “Suppose you had built an experimental fighter aircraft and wanted to test it secretly. You knew that however careful you were, for instance only flying it over very remote locations, you knew that it was inevitable that somebody would eventually see it; what would you do? Now imagine somebody did see it and went home and mistakenly reported that they’d seen a spacecraft from an alien world. What would you think?”
“I suppose that would be… a good thing.” Glyn felt he had conceded a point of some kind, although he didn’t know what.
Smith leaned forward in encouragement. “It would be an excellentthing! It would be disaster for your secrecy protocols if he’d gone home and said: ‘I just saw an unknown warplane on a test flight!’, but if he says: ‘I just saw a spacecraft flown by aliens’ then your secrecy protocols are safe and sound. Everybody who investigates will be looking for entirely the wrong thing. It’s perfect! Now, once you realize that, why not go a step further and plant fake evidence relating to UFO phenomena inside the believing communities to strengthen the protective myth? This is what we do regularly and we’ve done it in Belswill this week.” He shrugged happily. “We placed a mock-up of a flying saucer at the scene of the Belswill operation so that any curious peeping Tom’s who succeeded in breaking through the cordon and finding what they were looking for would end up looking at something false, a piece of stagecraft. People like you, Glyn.” He pointed.
For Pilkington this is the key explanation for both Roswelland all other examples of government involvement in UFO's. To be honest there could be some truth behind that, at least in a few cases. If the photo above is a Stealth fighter then somebody has attached 4 bright lights to its underbelly, not really very stealthy. But they might have done this deliberately to make the aircraft look otherworldly on purpose. This is a neat little idea and whoever thought of it must be having a good chuckle with their mates over how they've been duping wide-eyed "civilians", but it is one that could backfire in any number of different ways. One very important case that Pilkington does not address in the book is that of Bob Lazar, but if I can apply his model to it: Bob Lazar must be either lying or else relating false information fed to him; and the intelligence services are encouraging him to do so because as long as people are staring slack-jawed at Area 51 expecting to see "sport-model" UFO's and alien reproduction vehicles they won't see the test flights of Aurora or any of the US Air Force's other experimental next generation spy planes and fighter jets. But it's a risky gambit to draw people's attention towards a place with the ultimate aim of turning their attention away, and the hoaxers must be very confident of their abilities to fool them. It would only take one or two people among the millions of "credulous UFOria-sufferers" to work out what was going on for all those well-arranged cards to fall to the table. Today Area 51 is a popular tourist destination and Nevada's Governor has even renamed the nearby road "The Extraterrestrial Highway". You can catch a tour bus at Las Vegasthat will take you to the Groom Lake Roadand you can have your photo taken beside the warning signs at the base's boundary. Included on the tour is a trip up to Rachel for a beer at the Little A'le'Inn where you can by all the merchandise available in the Roswell tourist shops. Towards the end of the book Pilkington wonders who in government is "keeping the UFO flame burning"; what tricks are our national leaders going to use next involving the "UFO myth"? As far as I can see, after the debacle of their Area 51 scam I'd assume they'd drop the entire UFO scenario in the "trash can", to use the author's terminology, and try out something entirely different. So why do the saucers keep flying?


Pilkington also talks briefly about the Hungarian Crown Jewels. These famous, beautiful and priceless works of art were smuggled out of Hungary by the Americans near the end of World War II to prevent them falling into the hands of the either the Nazis or the Soviets. They were stored in a bank vault at the Federal Reserve until 1978 when they were returned to their homeland, accompanied by a very public delegation, where they can be viewed today. According to the book, the Americans smuggled them out of the country by pretending they were parts of a crashed UFO, although I can find no statement to support that in the published online literature; I might write to the Hungarian Embassy to find out. This is a strange thing to argue, not only because of its lack of documented evidence but because it took place in 1945, two years before Roswell, not to mention the disadvantages I've outlined above with this method.

At the end of the chapter about his tenure at NUFOS the author has a bit of a tirade against the saucerers: (Some of these quotes are paraphrased) "I get tired of hearing the endless crowing about how 'the truth is out there'... these people are just emotionally, spiritually and financially invested in the UFO myth!" Also in other parts of the book he talks about the "party faithful" and "kooks". This provides an important revelation: Mirage Men is not an educational book. I make this same point in my review of Ben Goldacre's Bad Science, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/03/bad-science-by-ben-goldacre_25.html. You cannot persuade people by insulting them. This penny has even dropped amongst the Skeptic inner circle; see this lecture by Phil Plait: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FrFRbGjUtJkTherefore I'd say that Mirage Men is aimed primarily at other UFO Skeptics for their mutual enjoyment. Pilkington also exhibits some misunderstanding of politics when it comes to the governments' relationship to UFO's. He says: "Where are all these ET technologies and who could possibly benefit from keeping them a secret? Madonna and Stephen Spielberg don't know in which case what possible benefit could they be to others if these people aren't using them?" He also says when discussing the Free Energy issue with Richard Doty: "I wasn't convinced there was a cover-up. Any Free Energy source would have to come with a bill because somebody has to pay for the infrastructure."NaiveteCity! I discuss this issue in its full details here: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/nuclear-fusion-power.html, but in summary I can only compare that to approaching the skipper of a sailing boat and asking him to fix an anemometer to his vessel attached to a meter so he can be charged for the wind he uses. The reasons to anticipate a cover-up of any potential Free Energy source are very obvious indeed.

Pilkington and Lundberg eventually arrive at the International UFO Congress at Laughlin, Nevada. This is the biggest event of its kind in the world and one of the oldest still going today, see: http://ufocongress.com/ .  As I said, this is the conference I would most like to attend; most of my friends have been at least once and I feel left out. Pilkington gives the place a rather garish overview, but that hasn't dampened my ardour at all. His description is reminiscent of a freak show and reminds me of Louis Theroux or Jon Ronson, with even a dash of Nick Broomfield. He wanders round the huge merchandise hall describing the shelves of books, DVD's and ancient VHS tapes; the blow-up aliens and cuddly greys and Airfix flying saucers. The point he makes is that there is a huge industry built around UFOria and some people make a lot of money off it. That's true in fact, and the author feels annoyed by this. He sees it as a massive con, a crooked mob of charlatans preying on weak-minded believers, or as one of Pilkington's mentors, Andy Roberts, said as a parody of the title of Nick Pope's book: "Open Minds- Empty Wallets". I have two criticisms of this attitude: The first is more specifically aimed at people who object to a UFO location, like Roswell, setting up tourist souvenir shops etc; Pilkington does describe Roswellin similar terms in another part of the book. In that case these people should go to Stratford-upon-Avon and tell the local folk there to get rid of all their Shakespeare stuff! Close the theatres! Close the hotels! Get rid of all those tacky Hamlet skull souvenirs! "They are heartless, lying charlatans sponging off the Shakespeare industry like that!" What is wrong with a town or city exploiting its history for its own prosperity? In the case of Congress it of course doesn't apply to a location, unless you count planet Earth as a location, but it remains a fact that there are people out there who think UFO's are real, want to go to a place and meet others with the same interest, and buy products related to their interest. I am one of them! If I was at Congress you can bet I'd buy something from that hall; I'd buy it in full knowledge and take full responsibility for the outcome. Nobody is stealing the money out of our pockets, Mark! We're grown men and women and we've decided what we want to spend our money on as mature adults; OK!? My second objection is down to me putting myself through an experience that few other saucerers do: I've attended a Skeptic conference; and you know what? It was exactly the same! It has a main arena for the lectures, side rooms for workshops and a massive stall loaded with merchandise, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/10/tam-london-2010.html. If I wanted to I could write an equally eloquent and scathing indictment about the DVD's books and T-shirts etc laid out for all the wide-eyed Skeppers to take home, in exchange for hard cash that it. The Skeptic Movement is a huge multi-million dollar industry that matches the UFO one perfectly, even in scale nowadays. In fact the most recent TAM in Las Vegas, just a few miles from Laughlin, was extremely high-budget and attracted as many visitors as Congress averages, see this repertoire!: http://www.amazingmeeting.com/TAM2012/There are also other events like QEDcon, see: http://qedcon.org/Skepticism is big business! But I don't object to that at all, because if I did I'd be a hypocrite. The author might not have known about these Skeptic events, if he's reading this review then he does now. If he then doesn't retract his criticism of Congress then he will becomea hypocrite!

It has to be said that the author is provably correct about some of the things he talks about in Mirage Men. There has indeed been involvement of the intelligence agencies in the UFO community. Pilkington sites documents and memoes from the CIA and White House which proves the US Government wanted to observe and infiltrate UFO organizations. They succeeded in spectacular fashion in the 1980's with what has become known as the Bennewitz Affair. Paul Bennewitz was a New Mexican businessman who became obsessed to the point of madness by UFO's; his demise is a tragic story, made all the more poignant by the fact that he was under the thumb of an entire spy ring operating within the UFO milieu called "Aviary". The true extent of Aviary's activities was only made known for the first time with the explosive public confession at a UFO conference of none other than William Moore. For the generation of UFOlogists before my own Bill Moore was a household name. He had co-authored the book The Roswell Incident with Charles Berlitz; this book inspired Sidney Sheldon to write The Doomsday Conspiracy, the novel in which I first discovered the subject. One day Moorewas approached by a group of dark-suited anonymous figures who met him at a restaurant. They claimed to be a splinter faction of the US Intelligence services who were lobbying the government for Disclosure. They promised to provide Moore with incontrovertible proof of a UFO presence on Earth in return for insider information on prominent UFOlogists; he also had to promote false stories in his own UFOlogical work. Mooreaccepted and became shill. It's not my intention to judge Moore's decision, just to comment on its effects. What I will suffice to say is that Moorewas foolish to trust these men because, whatever the rights and wrongs involved, they never kept their side of the bargain and never produced any such proof at all. Moore's disinformation campaign centred around Paul Bennewitz. Poor Bennewitz was already in deep trouble because the National Security Agency had been sending him faked messages from ET craft. The instigator of this whole sordid business was a man called Richard Doty, and it's quite likely that Doty was one of the mysterious men Moore met in that restaurant. During the course of Mirage MenPilkington and Lundberg got to know Richard Doty quite well and he gave them a lot of information which went into the story. Doty was an intelligence officer in the US Air Force, but was also a well-known UFOlogist. It is from him that the stories about Majestic 12 and the Dulce Base originate; today these are largely. but not completely, discredited. Of course it was Bennewitz who published them, but Doty was Bennewitz' handler and so it's fair to assume that these stories were at least approved by Doty. The Bennewitz Affair is interesting to study when we take into account what I heard at the recent BUFORA Conference about how MI5 agents showed up at the group's early meetings in the 1960's, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/bufora-conference-2012.html. Another method the governments use to fool people is to produce false radar images. This is a tried and tested form of radar jamming that has been used before in warfare, like in the Cuban Missile Crisis. An engineer called Leon Davidson published a book in the 70's claiming that this was the source for the Washington Invasion of 1952. Pilkington also claims that this is what Milton Torres was ordered to intercept in 1957 over England. It's certainly true that radar jamming can produce non-existent returns that can be huge, solid and impossibly fast-moving, but this alone cannot explain all these incidents. With the Washingtonevent there were also visual sightings of the objects, which Pilkington describes in his book. Also with Milton Torres he didn't just encounter this strange object on his radar, he was ordered to fire his missiles at it. Why? Was it some kind of test? If so, why was he never debriefed? There was also a second very similar incident in Iran in 1976 in which the pilot, a Lt. Jafari, got a visual sighting on the object as well; therefore this event, known as "the Tehran Invasion" cannot be explained away as a mere radar phantom. As far as both Davidson's work goes, as well as the Bennewitz Affair, it's true that intelligence organizations are spreading lies about UFO's' but if this is the case, what's its purpose. The author's basic model is that they are creating a false reality for something that doesn't exist, but, as I've said before, how can he be so sure? What if they're actually creating a false reality for something that does exist? It's a "muddle up instead of a cover-up" as Andrew Johnson would say. As far as I can see, if this is the case then it reinforcesthe theory that the government know about UFO's, rather than debunking it! Pilkington admits that some UFO stories might be true by describing his own close encounters, in which case we can anticipate on theoretical grounds that the government will take an interest in them because they have to be, as Nick Pope says, of defence significance. Protest to the contrary is ludicrous; if something that can travel effortlessly at sixty thousand knots, stop on a dime and penetrate our most secure nuclear facilities is not of defence significance than what on Earth could be!? If one of these objects ever comes to grief on the Earth's surface we can also anticipate that our Illuminati-occupied governments would want to salvage the debris to study it; and there are myriad reasons why they would do so secretly. Apart from the Free Energy issue, there are also psychological think tanks who have advised the governments that there are profound cultural problems associated with the revelation that We Are Not Alone, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/10/probe-autumn-2009-part-2.html. The author describes, correctly, how government intelligence agencies have used superstitions as tools of psychological warfare against target populations. In 1948 an American intelligence officer, Maj. Gen. Edward Lansdale, led a campaign against Communist guerrillas in the Philippines. He exploited a local belief in a vampire-like creature called an Aswang by killing prisoners, hanging them up to drain the blood out of their bodies and puncturing their neck to make it look like they had fang marks on them. This terrified the guerrillas when he left the bodies to be found by them, so demoralizing them into defeat. Also I've spoken before about Dr David Clarke's study of the "Angel of Mons", see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2010/08/weird-10.htmlI don't think extrapolating this into the modern world, as Smith does in the novel as well as Pilkington does in his book, can be used as a template to explain the entire UFO phenomenon. The truth behind UFO's is far more complicated than that. The book concentrates on UFO events in the United States, but of course UFO's are a global phenomenon and have been reported in virtually every country in the world. The most interesting reports currently are coming out of Russiaand other nations of the former Soviet Union. Here during the Cold War  the political situation was very different with no (overtly) free press and a much more developed censorship infrastructure, and despite the misgivings of James Oberg, see: http://www.jamesoberg.com/ufo.html, I think there's a massive story to be told coming out of that part of the world, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/russian-roswell.htmlUFO's are also far older than the era Pilkington addresses in his book, going right back through history. The oldest report I can find is probably the narrator in the Book of Ezekiel in the Bible. They appear in mediaeval paintings and even in cave art tens of thousands of years old. The world's first UFO photograph was taken in 1870, not long after the invention of the camera. As cheap portable cameras emerged in the early 20th Century more followed; the world's first UFO photograph was definitely not the one by William Rhoads taken on July the 7th 1947, as is claimed by Pilkington in the book. At one point in the book the author questions the ET explanation for the famous abduction case of Antonio Villas Boas in which he suffered both a medical examination and sexual abuse at the hands of some very strange creatures. What the author might not be aware of is that there is a report from South Africa dating from just two years later, 1959, in which the witness encountered the very same creatures while hiking in the mountains of Mozambique, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/08/alien-abduction-similarities.htmlIt makes it far less likely that Boas was simply suffering a hallucination caused by a CIA helicopter spraying drugs on him.

Pilkington does briefly discuss one of the most common and widespread, and also the most disturbing and frightening aspects of the UFO phenomenon: animal mutilation. In the book he draws very much on the work of Gabe Valdez, via Richard Doty, an early researcher into the phenomenon. Valdezreported seeing surgical gloves and gas masks lying in the field around the corpses and also watching the animals being winched aboard helicopters via chains; and so he believed it was a secret government experiment. This theory is full of massive holes, as I discuss here in Part 12: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/disclosure-city-people.html. Both the theoretical logic and evidence doesn't support the notion of government involvement, at least direct government involvement. This has been shown time and time again by everybody from Linda Moulton Howe to Richard D Hall. Ironically, Pilkington does ask the necessary questions for discounting Valdez' theory, but then fails to make the required empirical leap and admit that humans simply ain't doin' it!
The book's bibliography is notably short of Exopolitical titles; the only one really was Richard Dolan's UFO's and the National Security State. Pilkington's reading tastes definitely lie to the Skeptical side of Fortean. I've said before in my review of Who are the Illuminati by Lindsay Porter, that I find such overly-selective bibliographies suspicious, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/08/my-book-review-who-are-illuminati.html

In Mirage Men Mark Pilkington describes UFOlogy as being surrounded by a wall of noise, as far as he can see we are all locked in an MK Ultra "magic room" in which confusing and contradictory messages are hurled at us; fantasy becomes reality and vice versa. However, out of this searing, bubbling maelstrom the author has wrestled a 48 pound narrative, and he stands proudly over his catch and declares it to be the rational and scientific truth. On page 202 of the book he talks very harshly and cynically about "cognitive dissonance"; this is inability to consider rational alternatives to some belief system we have; he accuses those with UFOria of being victims of cognitive dissonance. But is this fair? Perhaps in some cases, but I think we "UFOrians" and practitioners of "saucery" are far more emotionally and mentally sound and mature than Pilkington gives us credit. Also I smell the stench of hypocrisy again, and also perhaps the author's own cognitive dissonance. I think Skeppers are at least equally vulnerable to cognitive dissonance as we "woo's". It's actually quite interesting and amusing to see how eagerly and unquestioningly they embrace even the most outlandish and nonsensical explanation for UFO events... so long as it's not ET! The Rendlesham Forest incident in 1980, which barely gets a word in the book, has been explained as a lighthouse, a lorry load of burning manure (being driven by a parachute test dummy no doubt), a time-and-motion study and, my own personal favourite, a gang of joy-riders messing about in a stolen ice cream van! It doesn't matter how grotesque and absurd these explanations become, they will be swallowed hook, line and sinker by whole congregations of wailing, chanting Skeptics virtually as a reflex.
I did enjoy reading Mirage Men. I thank the author for it and I will recommend it to others; but it really falls way short of a true portrait of the fascinating, multi-faceted and true phenomenon of the Unidentified Flying Object. The book omits many of what I consider to be the most significant cases: BerwynMountains, Varginha, Dr Jonathan Reed and the general contactee and abductee situation, which is a massive and vital subheading on its own. It shows a huge lack of understanding of the theoretical and evidential relationship between UFO's and governmental authorities. By all means, read Mirage Men by Mark Pilkington, but never forget that there is another side to the story. If you are new to the UFO subject you will need to study other titles to get the full picture.

I'd like to suggest an alternative hypothesis: This whole thing is an elaborate double-bluff. Many of these UFO's are actually artefacts of an extraterrestrial or extradimensional civilization. The Illuminati-occupied governments of this world know about it and are keeping the population in the dark about it for various reasons. The intelligence scams and disinformation Pilkington describes in this book are real, but their purpose is to filter and control the flow of information between the authorities keeping this secret and the ordinary people within the population who are looking for it. I can't prove my hypothesis beyond any doubt, but neither can Mark Pilkington prove his. Which one makes more sense? You decide!

The Obscurati Chronicles- Part 16

$
0
0

Crop Circle Challenge 2013

$
0
0
Spring is in the air!... Well, no it's not really; it's been either pouring with rain or blowing with snow drifts for the last few weeks. However it is mid-February at the time of writing and today in Oxfordit is not too bad weather-wise. I can see snowdrops and crocuses budding, which means that the change in the seasons is not far off. And at this time of year my mind inevitably turns to the question: What will this year's crop circle season be like? Also as the early flowers start blooming so has the radio career of an acquaintance of mine, Trystan Swale. Trystan is a Fortean-Skeptic, but one who lives a world away from Droike (See the HPANWO Forum in the Links column); in fact he's very amiable and easy-going, and I wish him luck with his new venture. I've met him at several conferences like the ASSAP Seriously Strange one in 2011, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/assap-seriously-strange-conference.html. He used to present a Skeptic podcast called Righteous Indignation, and this has now closed down. But after moderately short break he is now back on the air with a brand new podcast: Fortean Radio: http://www.ripodcast.co.uk/(The old RI archive has been taken down but most of the shows can still be obtained from this cache on fellow-presenter Hayley Stevens' website: http://hayleyisaghost.co.uk/righteous-indignation-back-catalogue/). Trystan's new Fortean Radio programme is aimed more at the open-minded instead of the Skeptic end of the Fortean spectrum. It's already on its second episode and in this one he interviews Paul Devereux of "earthlights" fame. In the programme they discuss crop circles and bring up something that I'd never heard of before, something which appears to be an attempt to clear up the central controversy of the entire crop circle phenomenon: the 100% Man-Made Hypothesis.

It's hard to say for sure when crop circles began. The earliest reports of structures fitting the definition date back to the 17th century but these were very rare. It's possible they're a related manifestation of patterns seen in other media, like sand, snow or grass. The modern era, the time in which they became commonplace and sophisticated in shape and design, took off only in the 1970's. As their name suggests, the were originally just circles or formations of circular figures, but these changed to more elaborate forms; however the name had stuck as a linguistic anachronism, in the same way people talk about "film in a camera" even in the age of digital photography. The phenomenon entered popular culture in a major way in the early 1990's; they were debated in Parliament and even inspired advertising campaigns; here's a TV programme about them from that time period: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XLVHJ_Q3LFI. Theories about their origins ranged from UFO's and mysterious earth energies to rutting hedgehogs. Then one day an explosive revelation burst into the media: the crop circles had all been created by two elderly Wiltshire men, Douglas Bowers and David Chorley. The two men did a public demonstration in a field to show off their capabilities and the popular furore died down with a "Oh well, another mystery solved" closing line. Crop circles were forgotten by most people, including myself. Then many years later I was watching Esther Rantzen's Esther show and she was interviewing Andy Thomas (See: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/programme-26-podcast-2012-mayan.html) and he was discussing all the latest research into crop circles and I said to myself: "What? Is it still going on?" Since then I've delved into the subject in its current location, not mainstream but still a big part of the alternative milieu. Even within the alternative community opinions are deeply divided. Some maintain that they're all the work of "Doug and Dave" and their proteges, others that a supernatural element still endures; and even that Doug and Dave were set up as disinformers to quench the rising public awareness of the crop circle presence. For some who believe in the 100% Man-Made Hypothesis, crop circles are still a supernatural creation with UFO's and higher powers operating through the planks of the human circle-makers. Others just see it as a revolutionary new form of landscape mega-art. The controversy between the two sides has become quite vitriolic; many conferences now ban those who support the 100% MMH from attending, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YgfuUwM4xQQ. 100% MMH proponents accuse crop circle "believers" of wishful-thinking and an unwillingness to face the "truth" that they're all just simply made by people. Those who support a supernatural explanation see the 100% MMH-advocates as "shills" and "liars" trying to debunk the phenomenon because the Government are paying them to, or just out of pure spite and a sadistic enjoyment of shattering the dreams of others. The controversy continues to this day; and recently a challenge has been issued that might just clear the matter up once and for all, the Crop Circle Challenge 2013: http://www.cropcirclechallenge.co.uk/. The claim made by the 100% MMH faction is that all crop circles are made by humans using simple methods and tools, garden rollers, the "stalk-stomper", a plank with a loop of rope attached to it, and a surveyor's kit: tape measures and land-markers etc. The circles are created this way secretly during the night. In order to demonstrate or discredit this claim, an enigmatic and shadowy group called "the EHA" has opened a competition to anybody who can recreate the spectacular Milk Hill formation of 2001 under controlled test conditions that match those professed by the 100% MMH-ers. If successful, the winner will receive a hundred thousand pounds as a cash prize. They would also no doubt go down in history as the people who finally settled the crop circle dispute. If they fail or do not apply, it will definitely inflame and invigourate the critics of the 100% MMH.


Trystan Swale and his fellow hosts Andy Russell and Anna Nimeton are not impressed by this challenge and explain why in their show; Swale has also written an article on his blog about it: http://www.leavesthatwither.co.uk/crop-circle-challenge-2013-is-it-real/. Their disapproval centres on the list of rules for entry. Crop circle-making teams have to apply to a panel of referees to take part and will need to send in a CV, up to and including high-definition video recordings of themselves at work. This can get the applicants into serious trouble because crop circle-making is technically a criminal offence. It involves trespass and vandalism, and in fact once a circle-maker, Matthew Williams, was actually prosecuted for his nocturnal planking activities (a fact he wears on his sleeve with enormous pride! See: https://www.youtube.com/user/truthseekers666). According to Trystan, Anna and Andy, the terms and conditions are too demanding and even "ridiculous", claiming that the referees are insisting on identical weather conditions to the time the Milk Hill formation appeared, including a similar amount of water and mud on the ground. There are also no set criteria about what constitutes a "replica" that can be agreed on by referees and entrants alike. They also don't agree with their challengers that a lack of footprints equals no human feet. The actions of the circle-making methods erases footprints anyway, the say. Also the entrants will not be told until thirty-six hours before the commencement of the experiment which field the Milk Hill replica crop circle will be made, except it probably will not be the same location; this adds to the lack of clarity in the Challenge's rules. The environmental conditions and other variables, like the kind of crop matrix the entrants will be working with, will affect the outcome and even the choice of tools the circle-makers will have to prepare. Also nobody knows exactly who the organizers of the Challenge are. Nobody can say for sure what "the EHA" is. Rumour has it that it's a codename for the actress Sarah Miles, and she is apparently the "representative" for them. Sarah Miles was once a major star in films like Ryan's Daughter in which she headed the cast along with Trevor Howard and John Mills, but today she is semi-retired and only takes part in minor TV and stage roles. She is very keen on natural health therapies and drinks a cup of her own urine once a day to prolong her life (Personally I'd consider departing this mortal coil a few years early as a fair price for not having to subject myself to that daily practice). Trystan has contacted them asking for more details, but found their spokesman somewhat "spikey". Swale, Anna and Russell conclude that the test is loaded and biased and intended to be unwinnable. Also a successful or unsuccessful outcome would prove nothing on its own about whether the 100% MMH was right or not.

I have to agree with Trystan, Anna and Andy's criticism of the Crop Circle Challenge 2013, including their irrelevant disparagement of its website design. However I think that the principle behind this notion is a good one and with a little adaptation could be made to work creatively and decisively. What the Challengers basically need is to learn a bit of professionalism. They need to sit down and work out some fairer and more comprehensive rules; and they need to negotiate with the 100% MMH community before even designing the experiment, let alone deciding the terms and conditions. They need to be more transparent; we need the names and addresses of everybody in "the EHA" and they need to be willing to talk to the media and answer enquiries politely and informatively. They need to get a proper team of lawyers involved to work with both the 100% MMH community and its critics; once they present a more competent outlook they may attract more investors to provide even more prize funding. My own suggestion, as a speculative outsider, is that perhaps a replica of a pervious formation is a bad idea and instead the Challenge referees and entrants could decide on a new design, sufficiently complex to satisfy those who believe in the supernatural origins of crop circles, but simple enough to be realistically achievable. Perhaps the experiment should be a two-stage process, with a simpler and cheaper preliminary test that the entrants would have to pass before progressing to the main Challenge. Recreating the environmental conditions is a fair point. The wet and windy weather that lashed down on Milk Hill on the 12th of August 2001 will be available for analysis in the records of the Met Office; and waiting for another wet and windy night during an English summertime is hardly a major obstacle! However if the entrants need to plan in advance where they'll be working and know what kind of tools to bring and what kind of clothes to wear etc, then the Challenge referees must allow them to know all that they need to know beforehand. It's worth comparing the Crop Circle Challenge 2013 literature with that of James Randi's Million Dollar Challenge, see: http://www.randi.org/site/index.php/1m-challenge.htmlwhich may have inspired our cerealogical pundits to produce an antithesis to it (They are not alone in doing that, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/programme-18-podcast-ross-hemsworth.html). Whether you agree with Randi's views or not makes no difference to this point: There is no doubt that he knows exactly what he is doing and has worked meticulously for almost fifty years to assemble a proficient and unbreakable competition that is legally watertight and leaves no doubts on the part of any potential entrant. The organizers of the Crop Circle Challenge should not allow a difference of intellectual opinion to get in the way of learning how to do the job properly from the master.

My own views on crop circles have changed considerably over the years. As I said above, when they came back to my attention via Andy Thomas on the Esther show I was surprised and intrigued. For many years I thought that nearly all of them were supernatural and made by UFO's or aliens; and that only a handful of the simpler ones came off the planks and rollers of Doug and Dave. When I went to the Glastonbury Symposium in 2010 I met many people who still believe this, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ben-goes-on-tor.html. Since then I've learned that most of them can be categorically accounted for by human activity. The actual ratio vacillates quite a bit depending whom you talk to when seeking help for your investigations, but there's no doubt that the man-made ones constitute a significant majority. Since then I have teetered on the brink of accepting the 100% MMH quite a number of times, but somehow just when I'm about to come out of the closet as a true blue "plankophile" some titbit of information comes my way to push me back into uncertainty again. This is why I'd very much like to see a proper experiment on this subject done. The Crop Circle Challenge people have given us a brilliant idea but failed miserably in their attempt to apply it practically. Also Trystan, Anna and Andy are correct when they say that the outcome of the Challenge alone would not necessarily solve the conundrum totally. In fact there would have to be a number of different experiments done before we'd be able to say for certain whether the mystery had finally been solved. Even then when the study is as complete as it can be, there will be the die-hard resistance fighters on both sides. If the Challenge is successful some will still claim that aliens are involved; and conversely if the circle-makers continuously fail to live up to their boasts then some Skeptics will still want to raise the bar further and further, unable to concede that there's more to this phenomenon than they've always insisted. Either way I don't think I will be joining the ranks of either militia. A correctly-conducted experiment wouldmake me decide, I promise. I'd like very much to see the Crop Circle Challenge done properly because, quite frankly, once I know for sure, I think I will enjoy the phenomenon more... And there are plenty more mysteries waiting in the wings to step out onto the stage to enthral me.

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/02/ben-emlyn-jones-on-mind-set-podcast-10.html

The Fountainhead by Ayn Rand

$
0
0
A HPANWO book review.
The Fountainhead by Ayn Rand can be purchased here: http://www.amazon.co.uk/The-Fountainhead-Penguin-Modern-Classics/dp/0141188626
The book was also made in to a film in 1949 staring Gary Cooper and Patricia Neal. It's available free online (at the time of writing): http://vimeo.com/14002238

In the United States of America, her naturalized homeland, Ayn Rand is one of the 20th Century's most controversial characters. She's less well known in the rest of the world, but nevertheless still influential. I've read and reviewed her third and most famous novel before on HPANWO, Atlas Shrugged, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/atlas-shrugged-by-ayn-rand.html. As I said at the end of that article, I bought a copy of The Fountainhead and promised to review it if I thought it was relevant; I've now read it and I think it is.

The book was published in 1943 and to understand the story it is essential to take into account the author's background. She was born in Russiaand was originally called Alisa Zinovyevna Rosenbaum until she moved to the USAin 1926 at the age of twenty and changed her name, as expatriate Russians often did in those days. Her family was Jewish and very well-to-do; her father ran a chemists shop. Like a lot of Russians at that time, rich and poor, she was very much opposed to the decrepit and corrupt regime of Tsar Nicholas II. She was therefore very pleased when Alexander Kerensky's revolution of February 1917 removed the Tsar from power. However in October the same year there followed the Bolshevik Revolution which instituted communist rule, eventually resulting in the Soviet Union. For "bourgeois" people like Rand and her family this meant serious trouble. Her family's business and assets were seized by the state and she found it difficult to enrol at university. These experiences had a profound effect on her and this is very manifest in her fictional literary work. The Fountainhead is as much a polemic, philosophical and satirical novel as Atlas Shrugged; it promotes her philosophical school of Objectivism, the ethical core of which is the notion that the only proper moral purpose of man's life is the attainment of his own happiness or rational self-interest. The only righteous political, economic or social system is one that allowed man the freedom to uphold that notion. In practical terms this means extreme libertarianism and laissez-faire capitalism, the total deregulation of all industry, "minimarchy": small-government and nominal state intervention into social issues. In the link above to my review of Atlas Shrugged I explain what I think are the pros and cons of Objectivism. But I'm getting ahead of myself; on with the book.

The Fountainheadis somewhat shorter than Atlas, as nearly all books are, and its setting is far more naturalistic. The surreal otherworld of Atlas is replaced by dates and places that are real and the story is backdropped by a real historical context. In fact it's a very different novel in many ways; perhaps indicating a change in the author's personality during the fifteen years between the writing of the two. The central character is a man called Howard Roark. The opening scene describes him physically in detail, as a healthy, muscular red-haired superman of the classical heroic style that was popular at the time. Many modern critics look back and accuse Randof creating a "Nazi Aryan" protagonist; this is unfair, but there is a distinct resemblance between Roark and John Galt from Atlas. Roark is a student at a school of architecture and a mysterious character of whose background we learn little, except that his father was a steelworker and that Roark funded his education by working long hours in the building trades. At the start of the book he is thrown out of his college because he refuses to complete the assignments he is set. His course insists that he designs buildings using traditional styles: neoclassical and renaissance. However Roark wants to build structures in his own unique style so badly that he refuses to do anything else. This action is typical of his philosophy; he is so individualistic that the word could have been invented for him! Following his expulsion from the college Roark moves to New York City to work for Henry Cameron, a very unsuccessful architect who cannot further Roark's career, but one whom Roark deeply admires for his aesthetic style. The first part of the book concentrates on his relationship with a fellow student, Peter Keating. Keating's professional philosophy is the mirror opposite of Roark's; he is primarily motivated by a desire for conventional success which means he does everything he can to fit in with the standard and the orthodox wherever he sees it. He is conventionally handsome, dresses in a way that impresses others and models every aspect of his life in as conformist a way as he can to avoid rocking the boat. He eagerly tells his tutors and examiners everything they want to hear in the hope that they'll simply give him good grades. He finished university top of his class and is given a job working in the elite and respected firm of Francon and Heyer. He immediately engages in a dedicated campaign of... I can't think of a non-vulgar term for it... arse-kissing! He flatters and panders to every whim of his immediate boss, Guy Francon, and at the same time manipulates situations behind the scenes with Francon's clients to make himself look good. At the same time he covertly undermines any of colleagues in the drafting room who run the risk of overtaking him on the promotion ladder, to get them dismissed or disfavoured by Francon. He is a ruthless deceiver, pretending to be their friends and gaining their trust before dropping them in trouble; but it furthers his career so he never questions the morality of his behaviour. Francon becomes more and more fond of Keating, and indeed there's a scene in which the two men are sitting semi-naked in a hotel room one morning after a party, shaving and brushing their teeth. The author doesn't say it openly, and of course you couldn't in 1943 when the book was published, but I think there's an implication that they've just had gay sex. Keating's machinations come to a head over Francon's sleeping partner, Lucius Hayer. Heyer is a very elderly and somewhat senile old man who lives a solitary and benign life at home. However Keating is at a crucial position in his career in which he can inherit Heyer's share in the business, but only if Heyer agrees to formally retire within a week. Keating visits Heyer at home and threatens him viciously, so viciously that he drops dead of a stroke. Keating then picks up his share and becomes Francon's partner. And for the first time ever Keating feels shame. It was quite a relief that Rand included this element in Keating's life because it shows she is not as much of a social Darwinist as many people accuse her of being.


In the meantime Howard Roark has been grafting away as a draughtsman in the tiny run-down offices of Henry Cameron, living on a pittance. Eventually he starts his own business, one as inconspicuous and fruitless as Cameron's, but he doesn't mind because at least he gets to build the kind of structures he loves. They're modest compared to those of Keating, but they're in Roark's own style and that's all that matters to him. For Roark architecture is everything, a consuming passion that almost supersedes the need for food and air. He has no social life and seems to have no interest at all in women (although that changes dramatically later in the story). Randhas clearly researched her subject matter well, as she did for Atlas, and she and her husband lived in a house that was built by an architect inspired by The Fountainhead. The relationship between Roark and Keating in this period of the book is fascinating and is one I can identify with very much in my own life. It's best described as a kind of "unrequited rivalry". Keating is constantly calling on Roark and telling him about his own conventional success, hoping to make Roark feel envious and awed, but Roark is indifferent and virtually uncomprehending of Keating's conventional superiority over him and this frustrates Keating enormously. It just goes to show that when it comes to petty rivalry it takes two to tango and one thing a person trying to engage another in this kind of social competition can't stand more than being defeated is being confronted with a person who doesn't want to play; somebody who feels no need to prove himself by vanquishing another, somebody who sets his own internal standards to achieve self-esteem. Randhas come up with a term for people who model their lives according to their perception by others: "second handers". The reason I identify with that is because I've encountered so much hostility of this kind myself, for example see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/dont-tell-em-were-porters.html. Keating differs from Roark also in that he has a healthy interest in the opposite sex and had girls queuing up at collage, however now he has fallen head over heels in love with Dominique Francon, the daughter of his boss and business partner. His pursuit of her is initially motivated for career purposes, just another part of his typical bootlicking activities; however he becomes infatuated for real after a while. Dominique is an elegant and intelligent young woman who enters the story with a lot of mystery behind her. She's a journalist and writes for the newspapers of Gail Wynand (male), another enigmatic character. She has a column called Our House in which she criticizes architecture and interior design; and she is most scathing about the buildings of Howard Roark. It appears that she despises the man, but relationships between the characters in Rand's novels are complex and sometimes slightly bewildering; their behaviour towards each other often fails to match, and even directly contradicts, their true feelings. Enemies can act as allies, they'll profess warmth and support to those they hate and claim to abhor those they love. Keating is captivated by Dominique's beauty and her aloofness to him makes him desire her even more. This is another area of the book I can identify with because I believe you can tell a lot about a person's mental wellbeing by the kind of partner they crave, including my own. Keating is courting a woman with whom he has no chance whatsoever and who treats him with coldness and indifference. This is because deep down Keating is profoundly unhappy. He hits the bottle and his health and appearance deteriorate. The source of his malaise is a kind of message of the type Neil Kramer talks about; it is nature's way of saying "you're on the wrong track, mate", see: http://neilkramer.com/. Basically it's not a spoiler to say that Peter Keating is unsatisfied with life as a second-hander and he longs to channel his inner Howard Roark and escape. He is also close friends with a very sincere and sweet girl he's known since college called Katie and the reader is left in no doubt that under the right circumstances he would be in love with her, but he can't bring himself to fall for her. He hates Roark for not feeling envious of him because, in his heart, Keating is envious of Roark. He knows that he cannot beat Roark because as the great Ursula le Guin said in The Dispossessed, "...because he refused to take part in games of domination he was indomitable." Eventually Roark's business collapses, not because he can't find any clients but because many clients reject him when he refuses to build their buildings in the conventional classical and renaissance style, the style they insist on but Roark can't stand. Roark's refusal to compromise his artistic integrity leads to his downfall. He ends up working as a labourer in a quarry. Peter Keating never has to worry about ending up in a quarry because he has no artistic integrity to compromise. But he also knows he can never gloat at Roark's disgrace because Roark feels no shame over it. For Roark, caving in to conformity and becoming like Peter Keating would be the thing that would really destroy his sense of self.

It might seem like it's all over for Howard Roark, but in fact the story is just about to take a new and very energetic turn. When he is working at the quarry he meets Dominique Francon, who is taking a holiday in her country seat nearby. It has recently before been revealed that Dominique is frigid and has no interest in men yet as soon as she meets Roark she is intensely attracted to him. Then, in one of the most notorious scenes in modern literature, she falls hopelessly in love with Roark after he breaks into her house and brutally rapes her. It's a very shocking few paragraphs, even though it is somewhat toned down in graphic detail for the 1940's reader. It was parodied in Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson's brilliant novel The Illuminatus! Trilogy as a part of the imaginary book Telemachus Sneezed by Atlanta Hope, see the link above to my review of Atlas Shrugged. What makes it all the more disturbing is that Randdescribes the rape in very romantic terms, almost as simply a new more intense form of normal sex. It completely cures Dominique of her frigidity and her love for Roark is explicitly tinged with lust. Such a storyline would today probably be unacceptable, especially from a female novelist; it's politically incorrect beyond belief. It's not the only reason I question Rand's own psychological integrity, but it's the most blatant one.

To begin with there is no major antagonist in the story, although he is slowly revealed to us later; he is one of the most interesting villains I've ever come across and his name is Ellsworth Monkton Toohey. He is first mentioned on page 41 as a colleague of Dominique's at the newspaper, and he is also an architectural pundit, but his column One Small Voice, branches off into other areas too. Initially his entry is almost inconsequential, as if he is simply a minor character, but as time goes on the author skilfully builds up his profile until his true role is revealed. He is the uncle of Katie, Peter Keating's friend in New York, and after a while Keating meets him and becomes his close friend. He is described as being physically puny and almost malformed with a thin neck and limbs (Rand's attitude to physically and mentally handicapped people worries me and I'll come back to that later). When he sits down in one scene he crossed his legs and the author describes the bottom of his skinny leg: "He sat down comfortably resting an ankle on his knee, one thin leg stretched horizontally across the other, the full length of a tight gun-metal sock exposed under the trouser cuff, and a patch of skin showing above the sock, bluish white with a few black hairs." Ellsworth Toohey is extraordinarily effete, slimy and creepy. In my imagination as I read the book I pictured him as looking and sounding like a cross between Mr Bean and George Monbiot, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YEjMK9DB4noand: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J1SWtbO9VUg. He folds his napkin very carefully in one scene, using his fingernails to press the creases. He also drinks Cointreau, which for a male character in those days is a very obvious hint that he is homosexual. As I said above with Francon and Keating in the hotel room, this is not a storyline that could be discussed openly in American literature in 1943, but along with the Cointreau Toohey is never shown to have any interest in sex. In just one part he states that sex is "unimportant" and that he is not interested in "intellectual women". Despite his unimpressive figure Toohey has a strange kind of hypnotic power about him that has made him into a kind of guru. Peter Keating's friendship with him eventually becomes adoring hero-worship. He has a huge army of fans who read his every word and attend all his conferences where he gives speeches. There's a scene in which Katie and Peter Keating attend a public meeting where Toohey gives a live speech. The venue is packed out and they can't get inside and so listen to him on loudspeakers set up in the crowded foyer. As Katie listens to her uncle's words she undergoes a transformation. She becomes transfixed in mesmerized adulation. I've seen old films of ordinary people in the audience listening to speeches by Lenin or Stalin and the expressions on their faces remind me of Rand's description of Katie in that scene; Rand of course went through the Russian Revolution personally, as I said at the start. Shortly after she went to that conference Katie experiences a terrifying nightmare about her Uncle Ellsworth, seeing him as a demonic shadow being; very interesting indeed. Toohey has a strange style of speech; he talks in riddles and makes contradictory statements. This is interesting considering the document Brian Gerrish has often referred to, one written in Stalin's Russiaand distributed to Western communist parties, eg: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l8mhuOJHw_4. It describes the methods a covert Marxist infiltration organization can undermine a society in order to take it over by creating confusion and disorientation. I consider Marxism a tool that is used by our enemies, not the actual enemy itself, because this tactic can also be found in Silent Weapons for a Quiet War also, see: http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com/hardtruth/silentweaponsforquietwars.htm. The nature of Ellsworth Toohey, all the way down the years from 1943, echoes in these documents very well and I'll come back to this point again because it makes me wonder how much Ayn Rand actually knows. For Rand, Ellsworth Toohey is the most embodied cipher of evil she has ever created, ingenious in his depth and complexity. He is the antithesis of Objectivism; an eloquent and captivating preacher of collectivism, socialism and altruism. There is a chapter of the book that consists of a biography of Toohey that makes me wonder about what message Ayn Rand is trying to relate. It begins with Toohey at the age of seven punishing a bully at his school by soaking him with a hosepipe as he walks past his garden. It's odd that the first act he did in his life described in the book should be one I consider perfectly fair payback. Does Rand object when smaller and non-aggressive children strike back at bullies? Little Ellsworth also has a sister called Helen, who goes on to become Katie's mother. Helen was fit and healthy; she is also described as very pretty. Then the author says something very bizarre indeed: Their mother adores and lavishly spoils Ellsworth because he is born sickly and weak whereas she dislikes her daughter for her beauty and health. "The girl was so obviously more deserving of love that it seemed just to deny it her." Ayn Rand never had any children of her own, but despite this it astonishes me that she should be so divorced from the emotions of motherhood. This is another very revealing illustration of the peculiar mental landscape of this most unusual woman. Young Ellsworth becomes a socialist at university and quickly applies his sharp mind to the art of persuasion. He founds various quasi-communist organizations like the Council of American Builders in which architects and other people within the building trades get together and drink tea in an atmosphere of extreme equality. There's also the Council of American Writers and Council of American Artists; and the members of all these groups are caricatures of everything Rand finds distasteful in humanity... so there are an awful lot of them and they are all described in lurid detail. The premier individual in this motley crew of leftists, mystics, eccentrics and blaggers is an author called Lois Cook who employs Peter Keating to design a house for her without electricity, and she wrote a nonsensical novel called The Gallant Gallstone. Amazingly she seems to represent postmodernism in an age before I thought it existed. Either postmodernism was present in early 1940's Americaor, again, I have to ask how much information Randreally was initiated into. Ellsworth Toohey immediately focuses his treacly and underhand animosity on Roark and joins forces with Dominique to destroy him... you heard me right! As soon as Dominique falls in love with Roark, who has reopened his business in New York, she tries to bring him down. With the help of Ellsworth Toohey she does her very best to ruin all his deals to arrange all his business to be sent to Peter Keating, a man she despises. Her action is one of the most perplexing storylines in the book; as I said before, the way characters interact doesn't always follow logical patterns and can be contradictory and even arbitrary. She'll spend the day blackmouthing him to everybody she can and then spend the night in his bed shagging him! As far as I can gather her motive is to test her new lover and see how strong his integrity really is, to see how much abuse he can take before he caves in. But maybe that's wrong and I've misunderstood; maybe Ayn Rand is an even more mixed up person than I originally thought.

The story goes from the off-beat to the grotesque in the next part of the book. Ellsworth Toohey tries to bring down Roark by persuading one of Roark's clients to sue him over a misunderstanding in the construction plans that Toohey himself engineered. Then Dominique does something unbelievable. She turns up at Peter Keating's home and, without any explanation at all, asks him, a man she loathes, to marry her. Keating, the fool, agrees. It turns out that this escapade by Dominique is an act of self-flagellation in the face of a world in which Howard Roark is unworthy to live because he's too good for it... or at least that's the closest I could gather; she says: "I will live in the world as it is, in the manner of life it demands. Not halfway, but completely. Not pleading and running from it, but walking out to meet it, beating it to the pain and the ugliness, being the first to choose the worst it can do to me. Not as the wife of some half-decent human being, but as the wife of Peter Keating." However she soon decides she's had enough Objectivist false-martyrdom when she meets Gail Wynand, the owner of her and Toohey's newspaper. Wynand up till that point has only been referred to off-scene, but now the story switches abruptly to focus on him. He is by far the most contradictory and schizophrenic character in the book, even more so than Dominique. He grew up in a slum district as a gangster and went on to be a journalist and worked his way up to run the nation's biggest media corporation, Wynand Enterprises; a classic rags-to-riches story. He's a kind of fictional Rupert Murdoch. He is enormously rich and powerful and brings down his rivals ruthlessly, often by semi-legal means. However he is mind-bendingly capricious; one minute he'll tolerate the most appalling challenger with barely a murmur; the next he'll drive a man to poverty, alcoholism and suicide for just one crossed word. It turns out in the end that he is surprisingly similar to Roark and Dominique; in fact he ends up marrying Dominique, it's just that he's decided to make his entire life a satire. In this way he's similar to Francisco d'Anconia from Atlas Shrugged. He also likes to buy people out. He finds somebody with very high principles and integrity and he attempts to corrupt them by paying them. And he always succeeds; he can pay a vicar to become an atheist, an atheist to become religious, a trade unionist to write about the glories of capitalism, and a businessman to be a communist. It turns out that he is doing this to prove to himself that unimpeachable honour simply doesn't exist; it's an illusion, and that even the best men in the world have their price. This seems unrealistic and cynical on the author's part, but that's not really a surprise. Wynand says: "The man I couldn't break would destroy me. But I've spent years finding out how safe I am. They say I have no sense of honour... (but) it doesn't exist... I've had a lot of fun proving it." This makes me see Gail Wynand as a bit of a "Charles", see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/charles-doing-washing-up.html. He needs desperately to believe that humanity is amoral and selfish by nature; it's the foundation of his philosophy, his worldview, even his self-esteem. There's definitely a facet of that in Ayn Rand, but is it for the same reasons? Basking in his new friendship with Gail Wynand, Roark makes a serious mistake of doing a secret deal with Peter Keating to build a government housing estate called the Cortlandt Homes Project. All Roark wants is for the construction to be built by him alone, his way. However he goes away on holiday with Wynand and when he gets back he finds the half-finished buildings ruined by additional designs and extensions he never authorized. He suspects that Keating has betrayed him, but it turns out that Toohey managed to crowbar the Council of American Builders into the project. Roark is so furious that he sneaks onto the building site one night with some dynamite and demolishes the constructions, after Dominique has distracted the security guard. Dominique is caught in the explosion and badly injured. When Roark is arrested Wynand mobilizes his newspapers to defend him, but then Toohey organizes a strike; it turns out that he's planted people he influences in all the crucial administrative positions. After a long struggle over many months, with Wynand keeping the paper running almost single-handed, Wynand caves in and reverses the paper's policy. Roark then stands trial. The outcome? Well, this review has been enough of a spoiler synopsis already; hope you still think it's worth buying the book. But suffice to say, during the trial, Roark defends himself and makes a long, impassioned speech that resembles John Galt's radio address in Atlas.

I have mixed feelings about The Fountainhead. Let me begin by saying that it is a far better book than Atlas Shrugged. It has an element that I can identify with; the way Howard Roark was treated by others is similar to how I was treated when I expressed my professional philosophy as a Hospital Porter. This I think was for similar reasons to the ones of Roark's antagonists, as I describe in the link above to my "Don't Tell 'em We're Porters!" article. Despite our differences I think Rand would approve of my stand and support me against the retribution of "John" and "Derek" and other people who keep "popping the question" etc. But I still feel very ambivalent to Rand's Objectivism, on which the novel is based. It has elements that I really like, but others that disturb me deeply. Rand's views on disabled people worry me the most. To go into more detail about the part of the story where Roark gets sued: What happens is that a rather dotty old man called Hopton Stoddard asks him to build a "temple", but unknown to Roark, Stoddard is one of Ellsworth Toohey's flock and this is how Toohey manipulates the situation. Roark builds the temple in his own way and he calls it a "Temple to the Human Spirit". When Stoddard sees it he hates it and when he sues Roark, Stoddard uses the damages to turn the place into a home for mentally handicapped children; and the author describes the children in a way that is quite ugly. It seriously echoes elitist views on "useless eaters". According to Objectivist ethics it is wrong for public money to be spent on the disabled; it's a "self-sacrifice", "living for another man". As I detail in my review of Atlas, Rand even objects to easy-access buses! Are these opinions a licence for eugenics? Rand herself has made it very clear that she does not believe in this. She has no objection to "imbeciles", as she calls them, being cared for by voluntary charities. However some of her modern followers have put very different words into her mouth. In my review of AtlasI explain how I first heard about Ayn Rand from a website that spoke openly of how they plan to terminate all pregnancies of defective babies by force, or even euthanize such newborns. I read the book with trepidation because before I read it I heard a rumour that Roark didn't demolish Cortlandt at all, but the Stoddard Temple, and I had an awful feeling that he was going to do it with the handicapped children inside! If this had been the case I'd be writing a very different review. I'm also bothered by Rand's support for Zionism; she advocates Israelbecause she believes that it's "technologically civilized" as opposed to Palestine, which is a nation of "savages", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2uHSv1asFvU; she seems oblivious to the fact that this "civilized" nation has one of the most murderous human rights record on Earth. Randis generally a very judgemental individual indeed who responds to those who differ from her with cold hostility. As I read the book I felt I was under her scrutiny, even though she died in 1982 and her book was written seventy years ago. She seems to have some very naive and narrow-minded ideas about the feelings she does not share. She says of one of the characters, Alvah Scarret, the editor of one of Wynand's papers, that "he never hated anybody or anything; therefore he was incapable of love." She expands on this concept a little later in the book when Wynand thinks that the pig is a good symbol of humanity: "The creature that accepts everything... loves everybody and feels at home everywhere... a true hater of mankind". Randalso pours scorn on those who feel overawed at the natural world, the Grand Canyon, Niagara Falls, a mountain, or a beautiful sunset. She believes this is "making man small". Her heroic characters feel nothing for the natural world, in fact both Roark and Wynand are depicted looking at a beautiful scene of a rocky landscape and thinking only of drills, tunnel boring machines and dynamite! They wish to blast every work of natural art to pieces in the world and put up a skyscraper in its place. Wynand says he only gets excited when he sees skyscrapers, words echoed verbatim by Rand herself in an interview. Perhaps at the time the people were not aware of the finite world we live on and how badly we have damaged it, but I still don't think this excuses her. Wynand and Dominique also rile against people who take "pilgrimages" to a "dank pesthole in the jungle to pay homage to some crumbling temple... a leering stone monster created by some leprous savage". I don't think Rand would be very good company for Graham Hancock on an Ayahuasca workshop! She also views anybody who cares for a stranger at any kind of institution for the homeless, disabled, fallen women etc etc etc, as a self-indulgent do-gooder, a social bloodsucker who does it because they need that person's destitution to fulfil some kind of perverted self-esteem; "beggars need compassion, but the compassionate need beggars even more". She totally fails to comprehend the very down-to-Earth, sensible and varied kinds of people who get drawn into the caring professions; this includes myself. Yet she puts herself in their shoes and claims them for her own little rogues gallery with quite stunning arrogance. I can't condemn her for what she says for the simple reason that she is so ignorant of the situations and emotions she doesn't share. She places her cocoon on a very public pedestal, sits in it and lets her mouth run wild about things and people she knows nothing about and totally misjudges. She's almost childlike. In fact in a way she's very similar to Richard Dawkins, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/04/god-delusion-by-richard-dawkins.html. As I said in my review of Atlas, Rand's emotions are primitive and polarized. They consist mostly of hate and contempt; in fact the book is almost an exploration of those feelings. Eskimoes have a large number of words for "snow"; Randshould invent a large number of words for "hate", because one is not enough for her mind. There's the blind rage Keating feels for Roark for not playing his game, the cold contempt Dominique feels for Keating when he agrees to marry her, the universal and sweeping misanthropy of Ellsworth Toohey for the people whom he fools every time he writes his column, the superior, haughty glory of humiliation Wynand feels for those he bullies at his newspaper; the list goes on. What a mind Ayn Rand must have!

Almost paradoxically mixed in with all this, The Fountainhead contains some breathtaking insights into politics and sociology that have me constantly flicking back to the title page verso to verify when the book was written. Firstly she seems to have identified what is known today as postmodernism; Lois Cook, Lancelot Clokey, Jules Fougler (what great names she chooses!) are all people who create works of art which are meaningless and gain a status from their asinine nature. I've already mentioned Lois Cook's book The Gallant Gallstone, but there is also a play without any plot called No Skin off my Ass and other creations that the characters adore and think are highly sophisticated and profound because they can't understand them. Rand's depictions of these characters are very amusing and witty, if somewhat unfair, caricatures. Not all post-modern art is pointless and irrelevant; many post-modern artists do know what they're doing, but try explaining that to Ayn Rand. Another way in which the novel is way ahead of its time is that it seems to anticipate or predict Cultural Marxism. Are these ideas really that old? When Keating bumps into Katie again after many years it is clear that she has changed completely. She has become a figure of Objectivist contempt, working as a nurse at a home for the mentally disabled; and also it is clear that she has become a feminist. This aspect of the book is mostly personified through the figure of Ellsworth Toohey. At one point Dominique begs Wynand to sack Toohey and "bring him down" like he has so many others. Wynand laughs and considers Toohey to worthless a victim to expend the effort, "like using a tank to crush a bug!" he says. Dominique then eloquently warns Wynand not to underestimate Toohey. She uses the analogy of a tank, an overt battlefield weapon that attacks in the open and takes its blows openly. Toohey is far more dangerous, a "corrosive gas" that infects and kills its enemy without them even knowing its happening. This is very similar to the kinds of things Dr John Coleman and, more recently, Brian Gerrish talk about. In fact here we see Brian talking about exactly the kind of sculptures that might come out of the Council of American Artists: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GV-sQbir63A. On page 666, very appropriately, there is an incredible monologue by Ellsworth Toohey. He has come to visit a destitute Peter Keating at his home and when Keating finally summons up the courage to confront him, Toohey comes clean in a speech that is as perceptive and significant as that of O'Brien in George Orwell's Nineteen Eighty-Four. I don't think it's entirely accurate because it's laced with Rand's Objectivism, and I have edited it as a result for this review, but it's extraordinary nonetheless:

"What do you want Ellsworth?"
"I want to rule. I shall rule."
"Whom?"
"You. The world. It’s only a matter of discovering the lever. If you learn how to rule one single man’s soul, you can get the rest of mankind. It’s the soul, Peter, the soul. Not whips or swords or fire or guns. That’s why the Caesars, the Attila's, the Napoleons were fools and did not last. We will. The soul, Peter, is that which can’t be ruled. It must be broken. Drive a wedge in, get your fingers on it and the man is yours. You won’t need a whip; he’ll bring it to you and ask to be whipped. Use him against himself. Make man feel small. Make him feel guilty. Kill his aspiration and his integrity. Kill integrity by internal corruption. Direct it towards a goal destructive of all integrity. To preserve one’s integrity is a hard battle. Why preserve that which one knows to be corrupt already? His soul gives up its self respect. You’ve got him. He’ll obey. He’ll be glad to obey, because he can’t trust himself, he feels uncertain, he feels unclean. Kill man’s sense of values. We don’t want any great men. Don’t deny conception of greatness. Destroy it from within. Laugh at Roark and hold Peter Keating as a great architect: You’ve destroyed architecture. Build up Lois Cook and you’ve destroyed literature. Hail Fougler and you’ve destroyed the theatre. Don’t set out to raze all shrines; you’ll frighten men. Enshrine mediocrity and the shrines are razed by themselves. Kill by laughter. Laughter is an instrument of human joy. Learn to use it as a weapon of destruction. Turn it into a sneer. Kill reverence and you’ve killed the hero in man. One doesn’t revere with a giggle. He’ll obey and he’ll set no limits to obedience; anything goes, nothing is too serious. Don't allow men to be happy. Happiness is self-contained and self-sufficient. Happy men have no time and no use for you. Happy men are free men. So kill their joy in living. Take away from them what they want. Make them think that the mere thought of a personal desire is evil. Unhappy men will come to you. They’ll need you. They’ll come for consolation, for support, for escape. Nature allows no vacuum. Empty man’s soul, and the space is yours to fill. Of course, you must dress them up. You must tell people they’ll achieve a superior kind of happiness by giving up everything that makes them happy. You don't have to be too clear about it. Use big vague words. ‘Universal Harmony’, ‘Eternal Spirit’, ‘Divine Purpose’, ‘Nirvana’, ‘Paradise’, ‘Racial Supremacy’, ‘the Dictatorship of the Proletariat.’ Internal corruption, Peter. That’s the oldest one of all. Suspend reason and you play it deuces wild. Anything goes in any manner you wish whenever you need it. You’ve got him. Can you rule a thinking man? We don’t want any thinking men... Peter, you’ve heard all this. You’ve seen me practising it for ten years. You see it being practised all over the world. Why are you disgusted ? You have no right to sit there and stare at me with the virtuous superiority of being shocked. You’re in on it. You’ve taken your share and you’ve got to go along. See if I ever lied to you. See if you haven’t listened to all this for years, but didn’t want to hear, and the fault is yours, not mine. The world I want: A world of obedience and of unity. A world where the thought of each man will not be his own, but an attempt to guess the thought of the next neighbour who’ll have no thought, and so on, Peter, around the globe. All must agree with all. All must serve all. An average drawn upon zeroes, since no individuality will be permitted. A world with its motor cut off and a single heart, pumped by hand. My hand; and the hands of a few, a very few other men like me. Those who know what makes you tick, you great and wonderful average. You who have not risen in fury when we called you the average; the little, the common. You who’ve liked and accepted these names. We’ll enjoy unlimited submission from men who’ve learned nothing except to submit. We’ll call it ‘to serve’. You’ll fall over one another in a scramble to see who can submit better and more. There will be no other distinction to seek. No other form of personal achievement. Can you see Howard Roark in this picture? No? Then don’t waste time. Everything that can’t be ruled must go. And if freaks persist in being born occasionally, they will not survive beyond their twelfth year. When their brain begins to function, it will feel the pressure and it will explode. The pressure gauged to a vacuum. Do you know the fate of deep-sea creatures brought out to sunlight? So much for future Roarks. The rest of you will smile and obey. Man’s first frown is the first touch of God on his forehead. The touch of thought. But we’ll have neither God nor thought. Only voting by smiles. Automatic levers, all saying yes... Now if you were a little more intelligent, you’d ask: What of us, the rulers ? What of me, Ellsworth Monkton Toohey ? And I’d say, Yes, you’re right. I’ll achieve no more than you will. I’ll have no purpose save to keep you contended. To lie, to flatter you, to praise you, to inflate your vanity. To make speeches about the people and the common good. Peter, my poor old friend, I’m the most selfless man you’ve ever known. I have less independence than you, whom I just forced to sell your soul. You’ve used people at least for the sake of what you could get from them for yourself. I want nothing for myself. I use people for the sake of what I can do to them. It’s my only function and satisfaction. I have no private purpose. I want power. I want my world of the future. Let all sacrifice and none profit. Let all suffer and none enjoy. Let progress stop. Let all stagnate. There’s equality in stagnation. All subjugated to the will of all. Universal slavery, without even the dignity of a master. Slavery to slavery. A great circle, and a total equality. The world of the future."
"Ellsworth... you’re..."
"Insane? Afraid to say it? There you sit and the world’s written all over you, your last hope. Insane? Look around you. Pick up any newspaper and read the headlines. Isn’t it coming? Isn’t it here? Every single thing I told you? Divide and conquer... first. But then, unite and rule. We’ve discovered that one last. Remember the Roman Emperor who said he wished humanity had a single neck so he could cut it? People have laughed at him for centuries. But we’ll have the last laugh. We’ve accomplished what he couldn’t accomplish. We’ve taught men to unite. This makes one neck ready for one leash. Look at Europe, you fool. Can’t you see past the guff and recognise the essence? Am I raving or is this the harsh reality of two continents already? If you’re sick of one version, we push you in the other. We’ve fixed the coin. Give up your soul to a council, or give it up to a leader. But give it up, give it up, give it up. Offer poison as food and poison as antidote. Go fancy on the trimmings, but hang on to the main objective. Give the fools a chance, let them have their fun, but don’t forget the only purpose you have to accomplish. Kill the individual. Kill man’s soul. The rest will follow automatically."

All in all, The Fountainhead is a mixed bag and I like some parts and hate others. Read it yourself and see what you think. Let me know when you have.




AMMACH Conference 2013

$
0
0
See here for the AMMACH homepage:http://alienabductionuk.com/
Here’s their YouTube channel with all their interviews:http://www.youtube.com/user/megawatts1066 
Here’s my HPANWO TV reportage on last year’s AMMACH Conference:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/ammach-conference-2012.html

The AMMACH Project is only just over two years old, yet in those twenty-seven months it has taken the UFO/conspiratorial community by storm. The Anomalous Mind Management Abductee Contactee Helpline (0795-1752-0813) has created a community of researchers, ET contact experiencers and their supporters, filmed hundreds of hours of interviews with witnesses and built a network of meet-ups and support groups, both closed and open. They’re based in England, but have operated in other countries too, like the United States and the Czech Republic. Their videos have been shown on the brilliant PSTV channel which is broadcast on Sky TV 191. AMMACH’s directors, Miles Johnston and Joanne Summerscales, are two people I have encountered before at other events before I did through AMMACH (see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/12/rendlesham-forest-incident-30th.htmland: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/uk-probe-conference-march-2011.html) and they come across as very different characters indeed; but they obviously gel together very well in their working capacity to have achieved what they have.

It was a cold and grim morning as Ustane and I trudged through the Saturday morning streets of Nottingham. The spring of 2013 has been so cold that it’s virtually non-existent, an “Indian Winter”. We approached the venue with curiosity and trepidation because it was The Belgrave Rooms, see: http://www.belgraverooms.co.uk/. This imposing building on Goldsmith Street was built in 1880 and today is hired out for conferences and wedding receptions etc, but just a quick look at the exterior and interior will show that it is a FreemasonicTemple. Of course there are many buildings created by Masons that are no longer Freemasonic centres and have been converted by new owners to other functions, but it appears that The Belgrave Rooms are still actively used by Nottingham’s lodges, see: http://www.nottinghamshiremasons.co.uk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=180&Itemid=355. I’ve made an accompanying HPANWO TV video, that will be uploaded shortly, in which I study the very blatant and ostentatious Illuminati symbolism of this building, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013-vox-pop.html. Oddly enough Ustane and I had been there before to a Truth/UFO/conspiracy event; in 2009 Lloyd Pye, owner of the Starchild Skull, spoke there. Personally I don’t think it’s very sensible for we in the Truth Movement to hold our events at locations that are in any way associated with the Freemasons. I don’t know the circumstances in which AMMACH organized this conference, except that I heard they tried the Britannia Hotel again and it was not available; but I would have advised them never to consider The Belgrave Rooms unless it was an absolute last resort, or the only option for minimizing ticket costs etc. I was talking to one of the speakers afterwards and they said it “messed me up”. Ustane and I entered the building and were led to a large and elegant room called the “Ionic Dining Room”, a vaulted hall filled with round dinner tables covered by tablecloths. This was far bigger than the small conference room with rows of seats where Lloyd Pye had done his lecture. I think this conference had originally been planned for a smaller room and moved to this larger chamber at the last minute; therefore it took a while for Miles to set up all his equipment. But nobody minded because it gave us longer to socialize. It was great to meet up with friends like Cathi Morgan (see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/programme-25-podcast-cathi-morgan.html) and fellow Critical Mass Radio host Sacha Christie (see Links column) Also my Probe-buddy Dave Morgan was there, and other friends like Ellis Taylor and Ann Andrews, who were speaking. Sadly Colin Woolford was not able to attend; he was very much missed by us all and I’m sure he regrets his absence too. As I sipped coffee in the entrance hall to the venue I was approached by a group of smart-looking young women who asked me to sign a TV disclosure form. I’ve dealt with these kinds of forms before and therefore recognized these people immediately as a TV production crew. I got talking to them and they told me they were from a company called Off the Fence Productions, see: http://www.offthefence.com/. They are commissioned to produce a documentary about AMMACH for Channel 4. Alarm bells rang! I hope Joanne and Miles know what they’re doing. Getting involved with mainstream TV is a precarious business; my own experience in that department is almost entirely negative, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/bbc-77-conspiracy-road-trip.html. However, after talking to them for a while I relaxed; I was quite impressed with how positive they sounded. I’ve often said that even in the mainstream media there’s a limit to what can be forcibly covered up and biased, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/some-of-them-are-on-our-side.html; these people seemed very genuine. One of them said: “This project has been a real adventure for me, a life-changing journey”. The programme is scheduled to be broadcast in the autumn and I look forward to it; I feel that the quality of this forthcoming TV programme could be a major gauge by which to measure the impact on society of not only AMMACH, but UFO/conspiracy matters in general. At the moment I feel optimistic that Miles' and Joanne's gamble will pay off and it will be a well-composed and fair programme. Time will tell for sure.

(These reports on the speakers' addresses are based on notes I took during the speeches which I've recorded to the best of my abilities. If I've made any factual errors then I apologize.)

Jeff Scott
ET Surveillance and the Military
There’s a common notion among the Skeptics that people who go public with stories about alien contact and government surveillance do so because they’re desperate for attention and want to attract fame and fortune. This is total nonsense, and one look at Jeff Scott should prove that to anybody. Far from being a seeker of the limelight Jeff Scott is a very softly-spoken young man wearing casual clothes and with long dreadlock hair, who appears quite reluctant to appear on stage in front of many people; he is inexperienced in giving live lectures and has not made his public persona a high priority in life. In this way he reminds me very much of Chantelle Piper from last year’s AMMACH Conference. He says he comes from a mixture of Celtic, Jewish and Norwegian bloodlines and sees this as significant. Genetics and alien contact is a big subject, but I’m not sure general racial origins make any difference on their own; specific families however do and I’d be interested to know more about Jeff’s. What’s happened is that for all his life he has been abducted from his home in Reading, Berkshire by the Government in what is known as a “Military Abduction- MilAb”. The earliest one he remembered happened when he was aged four. He was also, as an adult, staying in a hotel in Manchester when he was taken from there by a group of people led by a blonde woman. He had electronic implants inserted into his body through his nose into his brain, a feature Marie Kayali would bring up later in the day. The relationship between MilAbs and alien abduction is one sprinkled with all kinds of theories. Some people regard one as a charade to disguise the other; I disagree with both. It’s particularly fashionable nowadays to claim that all alien abduction is nothing more than “stagecraft” to launder the activities of military abductors; but the more honest and intelligent researchers understand that this is simply fallacious. That being said however, the involvement of the Government and military in alien contact and those experiencing it is undeniable. Jeff is the son of a Ministry of Defence policeman who was responsible for nuclear weapons facilities like the Trident base in Scotland. In Reading there is an old stately home called CavershamPark used by BBC Monitoring, an organization set up in World War II and acts as a link between TV and the intelligence services. According to Jeff it’s guarded by Americans armed with guns and when he tried investigating this place he found himself under surveillance. He was followed by strange people and was then attacked by a man at a party in London whom he identified as a Mossad spy. He was even followed on holiday to Spain and had his luggage tampered with at the airport. Most disturbingly of all, he had his mobile phone replaced by a dummy that matched it in function but gave off a signal many times too powerful, so much so that it gave him a cyst in his mouth and made a lightbulb burst. He says that there is a base in south Oxfordshire near Junction 6 of the M40. This is just by Lewknor where the coaches stop on their way between Oxford and London. There is a major excavation there where the motorway cuts through the peaks of the Chiltern Hills, “the Stokenchurch Gap”, but I’ve seen nothing suspicious there myself. Although the area seems to have a strange microclimate; sometimes it's sunny on one side of the Gap and raining on the other. What's more, a dozen miles further east, just past High Wycombe, the motorway passes within sight of Egypt Wood, part of the Burnham Beeches area that is reputed to be the location of Satanic ritual. Jeff has a very mature attitude to alien contact and understands the point I made above: it isreal, but this does in no way diminish the reality and importance of MilAbs. He comes from a region of England that I’ve noticed has particular properties. It is many miles across and covers the southern border of Oxfordshire and into Berkshire as far as Reading. It is populated by people who appear disturbed and demoralized. Didcot, for instance, a few miles north of Reading, is a place where everybody seems miserable and irritable; the staff at the railway station are always rude and aggressive. Another feature of this area is that it contains a large number of large, heavy industrial scientific laboratories, like the Culham Centre for Fusion Energy, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/nuclear-fusion-power.html, the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory and the Diamond Light Synchrotron, see: http://www.diamond.ac.uk/. It’s also reputed to be the location of the Peasemore base, as described by James Casbolt/Michael Prince and Barry King. This is said to lie beneath the countryside at a depth of three hundred feet. It does look as if this region holds some kind of significance in that area and Jeff’s information adds to the evidence. It was a very interesting speech; Jeff was beaten by the clock in finishing, but he ended on a positive note that I wholeheartedly endorse: the key to planetary change is transformation of the collective consciousness of humanity. Kindness and compassion has to take the place of distrust and resentment.

Ann Andrews
The second speaker to take the stand was somebody I know very well and have met many times, Ann Andrews. The point I made above about attention-seekers applies even more to Ann Andrews. She is a gentle and maternal character who lives in a remote farmhouse. She has always maintained that she wanted nothing more from life than to be left in peace with her family and animals to bring up her two sons. She has been forced into the situation in which she finds herself today by her experiences. I myself have visited Ann’s home and can vouch for the strange things that go on there: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/11/my-trip-to-haunted-house.html. The strange occurrences surrounding her younger son Jason started at his birth and continue to this day when he is aged almost thirty. Most significantly there was an incident when he was a small child in which a huge thunderclap was heard above their house and somebody knocked hard on the door. Jason then went into a trance and began reciting complicated mathematical formulae. To begin with Ann and her husband Paul took Jason to the doctor to try and heal his strange behaviour; they were not originally people naturally inclined to believing in “superstitious nonsense” and did what nearly all parents would do when concerned for their child. It was only when Jason’s psychiatrist failed to get to the bottom of his condition that Ann and Paul very reluctantly began to accept that they might be dealing with the fact that his alien encounters were real; they then approached the late and lamented Tony Dodd, a former police officer turned alien abduction researcher. It was then that Ann began recovering memories of her own alien contact experiences, and also mysterious events surrounding her own father, a Gypsy. Gypsies are people with a great tradition in mystical wisdom and esoteric arts and her father was a horse-whisperer. What's more, as I said above, these things often run in families. Unlike many people in Exopolitics, Ann thinks that the link between UFO’s and other paranormal phenomena, and indeed the spiritual, should be emphasized, not rejected. This I agree with and I’ve always doubted the classic Extraterrestrial Hypothesis; UFO’s are not necessarily nuts and bolts spacecraft, more sophisticated versions of our own Saturn V and Space Shuttle, piloted by flesh and blood aliens, flying here across light-years of space from a planet we could see if we had a good enough telescope. The truth may be very different, and far more interesting. I think studying the UFO phenomenon alongside other kinds of unexplained occurrences is very progressive. There is a definite link between them as John Keel discovered many years ago. Ann saw “ghosts”, including one of her dog, as well as aliens; this is why I called my article about her house My Trip to a Haunted House. She and her family have encountered men-in-black and have taken orb photographs. Interestingly a lot of these photos were taken on disposable film cameras, not digitals. This nullifies one of the main Skeptic arguments: that orbs are simply a product of digital photography. Ann’s family have been often harassed by the authorities, another feature of extraterrestrial contact. Her computer has been wiped and her home broken into. She has more recently had incidents happen in her life that make her think… or hope, that she is protected by otherworldly powers. A recent grassfire near her house was deflected away by a means she still doesn’t understand. Also her son was involved in a terrible car crash that under normal circumstances would probably have killed him, yet he walked away from with a few bruises. After seeing the high strangeness in Ann’s house for myself, along with reading Ann’s story, I find my normally resilient and diplomatic tolerance for the Skeptics strain. Ann is not… not… hankering after fame and fortune. Her connection with the world of the outlandish has caused her much heartache. In her books she reveals aspects of her contact experiences that she does not talk about live because the emotional agony of them is still so great. She is both an ordinary, and extraordinary, lady who has had to adapt her life to a world in which the unbelievable has become everyday. Both she and her family have had to struggle to do this and for them to adapt back would be a huge weight off their shoulders.

Ellis Taylor
A Life in the Daze
See Links Column   
My old mate Ellis Taylor hardly needs introducing to regular HPANWO-readers. He describes himself as an “otherworld traveller”, somebody who from an early age has experienced the worlds normally hidden from view behind what conventional wisdom calls “reality”. I have synchronistically just managed to get hold of a copy of the controversial new book by Rupert Sheldrake, The Science Delusion, (see: http://www.sheldrake.org/B&R/booksuk/) and was reading it on the coach on my way to Nottingham. So I was in a perfect frame of mind to understand Ellis’ lecture. To begin with he explained how science has changed the world so much for the better, it has taught us so much. Ellis is a fan of the American physicist and philosopher of science, Michio Kaku, as I am, and we are certainly not as the Skeptics like to portray us: “anti-science”. In fact it is scientists like Silas Beane who are more and more confirming what we so called “loonies” have been saying for centuries. Beane has described reality as a “grand computer simulation”. Yet Ellis also understands how science in the wrong hands can serve as a tool for suppression and limitation. Interestingly Rupert Sheldrake was attacked by a man wielding a knife, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8TaMvICAoT4(I’m sure I wrote an article about this at the time but it seems to have disappeared. I must replace it with a new one). Ellis related many of his particular experiences that I have written about before in articles like this one: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/dogged-days-by-ellis-taylor.htmland: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/09/bathing-into-history-part-4.html. The biggest secret, Ellis says, is not just the title of a book by David Icke, but is the true nature of reality, spiritual reality. This is the secret that governments keep from us more than any other; it’s bigger than aliens, bigger than 9/11, bigger than Free Energy, bigger than the Reptilians. Both science and religion, these two apparent opposites, are used to suppress this biggest secret; science says: “It’s mystical nonsense”, religion says: “It’s witchcraft and the Devil”. But I’ve seen how they will put all their “differences” aside and stand side by side, shoulder-to-shoulder, and unite in condemnation of anybody approaching that biggest secret. But there is a dark side to spirituality and the dark side has rallied with hoaxers and plants, the mainstream media playing a role. For Ellis “news” is an acronym: “NEWS- No Evidence Will Suffice”; very good! Must remember that one. It’s a shame because many journalists are taught the Journalists Creed by Walter Williams, see: http://www.mopress.com/creed.php, but everything in the practical reality of modern propaganda breaks this creed. But, as I’ve said above, there are limits on what can be kept from us, even in the most tightly controlled mainstream media. For instance nobody could prevent such an illustrious figure as John Lennon relating his own UFO experience, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jdw4cibPh-U. But then he was assassinated by Mark Chapman, a man whose name means “dealer in war”. Ellis doesn’t think the names of people like his are a coincidence. I enjoyed this latest speech by Ellis as much as I have all of his others; along with the stories he tells every time he always includes something new. He has been speaking out for a long time and was one of the first esoteric researchers I encountered when I first became conspiratorially-aware. 

Marie Kayali
The AMMACH Conference 2013 is dedicated to the loving memory Marie Kayali's daughter Gina who died in suspicious circumstances on November the 2nd last year at the age of twenty. The banner of the conference, which I reproduce with the organizers' permission, is based on a painting she did just two hours before her death. The lovely, colourful butterfly motif is very poignant; it reminds me of the research of Elizabeth Kubler-Ross. Kubler-Ross visited many old death row prisons and death camps and saw time and time again that people had been carving pictures of butterflies on the walls and wooden bedsteads etc, as if the image, a classic symbol of rebirth and the Afterlife, had come into their heads just before their own passing. Marie herself has had contact experiences from the age of three at her home in Ireland; blue-suited Nordic beings coming out of the walls of her bedroom. She also saw "Angel Hair" in a field. Nowadays this is a rare addition to the UFO phenomenon, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/01/football-ufo-in-florence.html. She had another experience aged seventeen at her boyfriend's house when she moved to England. He was so traumatized by it that he had a nervous breakdown and has never recovered. Her surname is Arabic, not Irish, and this is because she was married to a Syrian intelligence agent who is the son of a famous diplomat; Henry Kissinger is a close family friend of the Kayali's. When she was pregnant with Gina she was told she had such a perfect pregnancy that she warranted "assisting with medical research"; something she regretted in later years. In 1998 her daughter, aged about 5 or 6 at the time, saw a triangular UFO. Like Jeff, Marie has also had implants put in her body, a dozen or more in her joints and head. Many of them are inside her brain and cannot be safely removed. However she had her first implant removed in 1966 as a small child. She's had a scan just a few weeks ago at the International UFO Congress in Arizona USA; the implants are still there. What sometimes happens is that even when implants are removed they often come back, with as much mystery as when they first appear. She allowed her examination by Steve Colbern (http://www.alienscalpel.com/) to be filmed: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gCRIvgA0NLM. Oddly enough Steve and his team had to drive two hundred and fifty miles to get to Congress and they have reported missing time on the way, and on the journey back. Marie has had no identifiable contact with the military and is positive that all her experiences are truly extraterrestrial. I've never had any experiences like hers myself, but I find opinion varies considerably and appearances can sometimes be deceptive. However, as I said above, there's no doubt the reality of both ET contact and MilAbs is true. Marie also revealed another aspect of her contact experiences that is also a common feature of the phenomenon, dating right back to George Adamski and his contemporaries; she was shown images of the planet Earth being destroyed by war, environmental damage and other human ecological crimes. The aliens often stress that these are not predictions, they are warnings. They are what will happen if we do not change our ways and evolve our consciousness to a higher spiritual level. Marie ended her speech with a dig at the media: "They treat UFO's as a joke. Well that in itself makes them a joke" Well said! Take note, Off the Fence Productions. Don't be like the others; break the mould! 


Sarah Goodley and Kate Baxter
The last address was a two-hander by two ladies involved with a new affiliated project AMMACH CHEX- Child Experiencer Reports. I have recently read Jon Ronson's book What I Do in which this renowned conspiratorial pundit pours scorn on the concept of "Indigo Children" and comes close to accusing parents who take the idea of ET contact seriously as virtually negligent, even abusive. In today's Britain, where Social Services will snatch children from the arms of their parents almost on the nod, those are dangerous words; the other side of the story needs to be told. For some reason children with a rhesus-negative blood group are statistically far more likely to be abducted by the State; this may be related to the Royal nature of that group. One of Henry VIII's wives probably had it due to the problems she experienced during pregnancy. Sarah comes from a family in which there have been many stillbirths; a life-shattering experience that I can sympathize with because it's affected my own family too. Her father spent most of his life in mental care and Sarah thinks he was an experiencer. She wistfully spoke about Turkey, a country in which experiencers are treated far better, and today Turkey has a productive UFOlogical community, see: http://www.womeninufology.com/farah-yurdozo.php. Children especially need institutions of support, freedom of expression and belief by parents and other adults. They need to be able to cope with duality because that invariably results. CHEX will provide child-parent workshops, eclectic methods and identification for further support. We're living in a world in which there is a War on Children, there's no other word for it. The State is intervening in child-rearing wherever it can, probably with a goal to breaking up families and replacing it with communal upbringing by a Big Brother government. Children are being hit with multiple vaccines and pharmaceuticals at every opportunity. ET contact experiences are one more way the Government can use to tear their lives apart.
Kate Baxter (I'm guessing that's not her real name) insisted on having all the cameras turned off when she took the stage. She is a serving midwife and if her employers found out she was speaking at AMMACH she'd be instantly discharged. Regular readers will know that I can put myself in her shoes very well indeed, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/01/how-i-became-ex-hospital-porter.html. Also for nine years I was a Delivery Suite Porter and worked alongside midwives and obstetricians in the "birthing machine" as she called it. During the Q and A I asked her for more details and apparently they could easily have her on the NHS whistle-blowing policy. I gasp with frustration when people tell me that if there really were secrets in medicine we'd all hear about it because "the doctors would tell us"! Kate Baxter explained how so much of the drugs, medical interventions and post-natal treatments for babies are unnecessary, not only unnecessary but unnatural and pathogenic. In this way she echoes perfectly the research of Jeanice Barcelo; I highly recommend this interview: http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2012/07/RIR-120708.php. Like Jeanice, Kate bravely speaks out bravely against the artificial and robotic nature of pregnancy and childbirth. Women conceiving babies without a good lover, being forced to work through their pregnancy, being induced, given harmful drugs, the babies not being allowed to be held by the mother and enduring as their first experience of life injections, being laid on cold tables, Jeanice speaks of them having their genitals mutilated. I do miss Hospital Portering, but my feelings are very ambivalent. Being out of it is a huge weight off my conscience! The mechanization of childbirth is a manifest symptom of the mechanization of humanity itself. Miles said himself during the Q and A that natural human beings are on the verge of extinction; we're being wiped out by the Illuminati elite and replaced with a slave race of cyborgs. Useful idiots like Ray Kurzweil trumpet the advantages of transhumanist technology without understanding that it contains the keys to our downfall as a species; and our planet, as Marie Kayali's experiences revealed.

After the Conference was over we all went to the pub for an informal celebration. There I had some brilliant conversations with the speakers and delegates. One of them was a young woman who used to be one of the early AMMACH witnesses, but had asked for her video to be removed after her child was taken into care, so corroborating the portent of Sarah Goodley's and Kate Simpson's. I took out my camera and shot a brief vox pop HPANWO TV video with some of the other AMMACH delegates there; it also contains footage of the venue, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013-vox-pop.html I felt extremely tired by then. Conferences take a lot of my energy and the better they are the more tired they make me. Seems strange when all we're doing is quietly sitting down. Luckily Ellis Taylor was staying with me and Ustane and so we got a lift home in his car. I really enjoyed the AMMACH Conference 2013 and I'm very grateful to Miles and Joanne, all the speakers and everybody else involved with organizing it. It was even better than the conference last year, and that was very good as I've said. AMMACH has done a lot of good work and I hope it continues. Another interesting thing, out of the myriad of interesting things that happened that day, was that I was sitting in the auditorium writing the notes that are the basis for this article, and my pen ran dry. The pen was one I've been using for a number of months; it's a only a cheap, grey plastic disposable biro, much like any other. The remarkable, and possibly synchronous, thing was that it had printed along its barrel, the words: Britannia Hotels- Nottingham. Yes, I picked it up and first used it at the first AMMACH Conference last year, and it has lasted exactly long enough to run dry at the second. I've decided to keep the spent pen as a souvenir, along with my programme and ticket.



And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2013/03/programme-38-podcast-sheva-burton.html

Helen Duncan

$
0
0
The strange case of Helen Duncan combines paranormal investigation with government conspiracy, a perfect blend for HPANWO. The case manifests on several levels and there is a lot of contemporary research into it still going on; it continues to arouse considerable controversy even though it came to a head almost seventy years ago. Helen Duncan was a psychic medium from Perthshire, Scotland. She was born in 1897 and died in 1956, and in 1944 she was the last person ever to be imprisoned under the archaic Witchcraft Act of 1735. According to the most prominent sources, she was a clever illusionist using magicians' tricks; however a new book has recently been written which calls that slur into question and attempt to redeem her, Helen Duncan- The Mystery Show Trial by Robert Hartley, published in 2007 see: http://www.amazon.co.uk/books/dp/0955342082

"Hellish Nell" got her nickname not from her paranormal talents but from her tomboy personality and fiery temper, something that she'd display her entire life. From cradle to grave she had psychic abilities of the rarest kind. She was never very much good at school but she found that if she placed her writing book under her desk for a while and took it out later "somebody" would have written in the correct answers. She also alarmed her classmates and teachers by going into a trance and yelling portents of doom at them. No doubt a Skeptic would say she was suffering from temporal lobe epilepsy, see: http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=9e2_1212867304. However she proved very useful in other circumstances; once when a man got lost in a snowstorm, Helen's remote viewing assisted a rescue party in finding him. As she grew to adulthood she found a way to control these experiences. She soon became a member of an elite order of mediumship, that of the physical medium; somebody with the ability to produce physical effects in the world around them via psychic means. A lot of nonsense had been written about the history of Spiritualism; contrary to popular belief it did not begin with the Fox sisters, but is something that has always been a part of the human world and probably always will, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/04/paranormality-by-prof-richard-wiseman.html. Helen Duncan was no more than the modern equivalent of the shaman or village wise woman; what we today call the "supernatural" was once considered as natural as the air we breathe. She came from a poor family and both she and her husband were too sick to work so she decided to earn a living in the world of seance Spiritualism. She induced "raps"- loud knocking noises, spirit voices and telekinesis- moving objects without touching them. In 1929 she first channelled a spirit called "Albert", who in his last incarnation on Earth had been a man from Sydney, Australia who had died in 1909. Sitters at her seances also encountered a three year old girl called "Peggy" who had died the same year and worked alongside "Albert" in his contact with Helen. Helen also managed to produce "ectoplasm", a strange material that issues from a physical medium's body while in trance, that forms into recognizable shapes, like the faces and bodies of departed souls. In this segment of my new fictional novel, The Obscurati Chronicles, I describe an ectoplasmic emission; scroll down about half way: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/obscurati-chronicles-part-13.html
By 1930 Helen had gained a reputation as a highly proficient psychic and her business was booming. Then psychical researchers came knocking on her door anxious to discover if her apparently miraculous powers could be proven true scientifically. In October Helen jumped on a train to Englandfor an expenses-paid trip to the laboratories of the London Spiritualist Alliance. This trip was to prove very troublesome for Helen; she was denounced unequivocally as a fraud and numerous articles were published in the media discrediting her abilities as no more than conjuring tricks. However it's possible that these articles were biased due to personal issues because, being a guinea pig for the LSA, she signed an exclusivity contract which she subsequently broke, perhaps unwittingly. Maybe she didn't know it at the time but there was a lot of rivalry in psychical research in those days. The LSA were in stiff competition with a solo maverick in the field called Harry Price; here's his official website: http://www.harrypricewebsite.co.uk/. Price had initially tendered for the project to research Helen Duncan himself and had been passed over in favour of the LSA. This infuriated him. However he approached Helen privately and offered her a large sum of money to do some sittings in his own laboratory, and to keep this secret from the LSA. Helen agreed. When the LSA found out they hit the roof; Helen was staying in Londonon their tab and was moonlighting behind their back with their arch-enemy. There must have been some very heated phone calls ringing through to Price's office and Helen was caught in the middle. It eventually affected her relationship with Price and she had a blazing row with him one day in the laboratory and even struck him physically and walked out. She later apologized and the project continued. Skeptics have made a big deal out of this barney and claim it blew up because Price wanted to have her medically examined and she knew if she allowed this she'd be caught out as a fake; it was a textbook trick of mediums in those days to hide props in their mouth, nose and "pelvic region". The truth is very different; after Helen returned to the project she agreed to have a full examination of her body, including x-rays. However soon after she decided she had had enough of the entire business and began accusing Harry Price, his assistant Molly Goldney, and even her own husband, of manipulating her behind her back. This new argument centred around an employee of Helen's business Mary McGinley. McGinley had "revealed" that Helen was faking ectoplasm by swallowing and regurgitating cheesecloth to make it look like ectoplasm, the first time this possibility had even been suggested. However Price and the LSA wrote in their reports that this is exactly what Helen had been doing all along, even though hardly any of this alleged cheesecloth was ever obtained; Price claims to have taken a sample of it once which he says was cheesecloth mixed with egg white and tissue paper. How Helen managed to swallow this, keep it in her stomach, make it invisible to x-rays, bring it up in the laboratory and then swallow it again without leaving vomit stains everywhere, has never been explained. Skeptics have bent spoons, done cold reading and performed bare-handed surgery, but none have ever swallowed, regurgitated and then swallowed again, a six foot square piece of cloth, without using their hands and making no mess. It turned out that McGinley was probably a mole planted by the LSA, but the damage was done. Helen broke the agreement she'd made with Price by unexpectedly returning home before completing the number of experiments she'd promised to do. Price probably joined the LSA in their dismissal of his subject because he wanted to beat them to the line over which investigator had been humiliated the least by Helen. The 1930 study was used later in Helen's career to blacken her name, but it was not nearly as conclusive as its proponents state; it was not completed, either in its official form at the LSA or in its unofficial form after Price poached her. It was also catastrophically riven with personal animosity. What's more, as we'll see shortly, distinctive political and legal reasons to blacken her name would turn up a few years later.

Just when Helen may have wondered how things could possibly get any worse, along comes a woman with a nature as sinister as her name, Esson Maule. Esson Maule was a writer who approached Helen in 1932 with the professed intention to write a book about her. Helen was reeling from the Londondebacle and swiftly agreed in the hope that she could regain a bit of her formerly good reputation. Helen arranged to meet Maule in Edinburghto conduct a seance with her at a SpiritualistChurch. However during the seance it became clear that it was a trap. Maule believed that Helen was a charlatan and had tricked her into a position where she could expose her. At a prearranged signal during the seance, Maule and her accomplices jumped forward and made a grab for the ectoplasm. Helen screamed and there was a fight in which Helen swung a chair at Maule. Maule then contacted Harry Price and together they reported Helen to the police for fraud. The evidence was a white cotton slip that Maule and Price accused Helen of wearing at the start of the seance and then taking off and using to imitate ectoplasm. However Helen was a large, stocky woman and the slip was about five sizes too small for her; nevertheless the court still found her guilty and fined her ten shillings. The press reinforced their derision of Helen Duncan and it was only in the specialist Spiritualist newspapers that she found any support. The editor of the Psychic News (see: http://www.psychicnews.org.uk/) wrote an article highlighting a large number of discrepancies in Maule's testimony; also none of the other witnesses in the SpiritualistChurch would back up Maule's statement. The tiny cotton slip and Esson Maule's testimony formed the cornerstone of the case. So why did Helen lose? We'll come back to that later.
Over the following years, despite all the negative publicity, Helen continued to practice as a physical medium. In 1939 the UK declared war on Germany and World War II began; with all the people killed in the Blitz and mounting casualties in the armed forces, interest in Spiritualism burgeoned. Helen did not miss cashing in on this growth in the industry, however soon her activities would stray away from the world of Spiritualism into the realm of politics and espionage; the resulting calamity would make the Edinburgh trial pale into insignificance.
In 1941 Helen conducted a series of seances all around the country in which "Albert" appeared to the sitters in ectoplasmic form. The procedure for these seances was standard. The sitters would gather on rows of chairs in the SpiritualistChurchor seance room. Helen would strip off her clothes and undergo a thorough examination by a nurse to verify that she was not concealing anything about her person; this would be witnessed by several female members of the audience. Then Helen would put on a plain black dress and walk into the seance room and sit on another chair behind a curtain. The lights would all be switched off except for a single forty watt red bulb. Then the curtains would be parted and the seance would begin. But Helen's life changed forever when she conducted one of these events on the 27th of May 1941. "Albert" appeared as usual and announced to the sitters: "I'm sorry to have to tell you that a British battleship has just been sunk. I have fourteen hundred spirits newly arrived who were among her officers and men." There was a gasp from the audience; nobody had heard of any Royal Navy battleship being sunk. Such an occurrence would surely have been in the news, but it hadn't. Fatefully, one of the audience members was Brigadier Roy Firebrace, a famous astrologer and spiritual researcher, but also an army intelligence officer. After the seance he went straight to his office and made some enquiries with the Admiralty. It turned out that, yes, a British ship had been lost, HMS Hood, an Admiral-class battlecruiser, had been destroyed by the guns of the German warships, Bismark and Prinz Eugen. One thousand four hundred and fifteen men had gone down with her. Hood was the largest and most powerful ship the Royal Navy had and her loss was a major blow to the war effort. This came at a time when morale was very poor on the home front, it was the height of the Blitz and just one year since the Dunkirk Evacuation, people were expecting Hitler's forces to land at Doverany day; therefore the Government decided to keep the loss of Hood top secret. Firebrace was astounded; as a believer in Spiritualism himself he would have immediately understood what was going on. It seemed Helen Duncan was able to reveal state secrets via the testimony of the dead. You can bet this well and truly marked her card, in fact Firebrace confirmed this after the war, see here at about 13.00: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ao0pmxxirpA. In November that same year Helen went on a tour of southern Englandand held a series of events in Portsmouthat a small makeshift Spiritualist centre called the MasterTemple; it was just a room in a house above a chemists shop. On the 25th during a seance at 4.30 PM Helen materialized a man who identified himself as a sailor aboard the battleship HMS Barham which was currently fighting in the Mediterranean theatre of operations. He told the audience that he had just been drowned as the ship sank. Again the audience was dumbstruck; they had heard nothing of the sort in the newspapers or on the radio. A woman in the second row recognized the apparition as her son and broke down with grief. The news delivered during the seance spread like wildfire all over Portsmouthand beyond. The wartime intelligence services would probably have started keeping an eye on Helen because of that, even if agents hadn't already been planted in her audiences. As with Hood, the Government chose not to publicize the loss of Barham; even relatives of the eight hundred and fifty crew members killed had not been informed. What was being whispered in hushed voices in the cabinet war rooms is not known, but Brig. Firebrace did confirm that he was consulted by the security services about what could be done. However the Government must have had a few Skeptics who spoke out against anybody who took Firebrace seriously. It seems that they chose not to act immediately because Helen was permitted to carry on practicing her mediumship for the next two years. Everything changed in January 1944 when Helen returned to Portsmouth. What happened next is one of the most unusual legal dramas in history; why you think it took place will depend on your point of view. Helen was arrested and prosecuted for fraud, as she had been in Edinburghtwelve years earlier; however this time her accusers drove it all up to a completely new league. 
Helen was probably expecting to be sent to the local magistrates again for another moderate fine or, at the very worst, a week or two inside under the Vagrancy Act; this was the usual way the law dealt with mediums, but to her shock her case was transferred to no less than the Central Criminal Court of London. Here Helen stood trial under the Witchcraft Act of 1735, an archaic statute very rarely used in over a hundred years. However if convicted the felon could be sentenced to as much as nine months in jail. The arrest occurred on Wednesday the 19th of January; when one of her seances was "busted" in the same way Esson Maule did it twelve years earlier. During one of the sessions two of the sitters switched on torches, leapt forward and "grabbed the fake ectoplasm". The two moles were a young naval officer Lt. Stanley Worth, and a policeman, Rupert Cross. It was an organized raid, a posse of policemen had been waiting outside and as soon as the two men disrupted the seance they burst in. The photo above shows Helen walking to the Old Bailey with her husband; I can imagine the confusion and distress that was going through her head. Why had her charge been escalated the way it had? Why was she appearing in a court that was usually used for trying lords, traitors and serial killers? Why was she denied bail? As I said above, how you analyze this event will depend on your opinions on the paranormal and how honest you think the Government is. On one level it was an open-and-shut case: Helen Duncan was advertizing herself as a psychic medium when all she was doing was psychological tricks and sleights of hand, the kind of scam James Randi would have exposed, if he hadn't been too busy at the time escaping from handcuffs while hanging over NiagraFalls. The State had a cast iron case because there was multiple, firsthand eyewitness testimony of her chicanery in action as well as a former conviction for the same offence and a psychical expert who rejected her paranormal abilities fourteen years earlier. What's more the pre-sentencing character witness, the Chief Constable of Portsmouth Police, told the Judge that she was "pest on society" a heartless exploiter of vulnerable, grief-stricken people; this left the Judge no choice but to impose the most severe sentence: nine months in prison, which, as far as a superficial glance can tell, she richly deserved. But is it really that simple?

Firstly, we need to look at the background of the personnel involved in the trial and Robert Hartley, the author of Helen Duncan- The Mystery Show Trial has done some painstaking research into their histories. Firstly the Crown chose John Cyril Maude KC to be the prosecuting counsel. This was despite the fact that Helen was being tried in Court Number 4 and Maude was simultaneously conducting another case next door in Court Number 1; he was defending a man accused of murder in, funnily enough, Portsmouth, the same place Helen has been arrested. One of the key witnesses to that case was Chief Constable Arthur West, the same Chief Constable who hammered home Helen's maximum sentence. As we shall see this was not the only role Chief Constable West played in the imprisonment of Helen Duncan. What's more the defendant in that other trial had accused West of framing him, and he ended up being acquitted. Maude was constantly nipping between Courts 1 and 4 as he juggled both cases. In his absence from Court 4 his assistant, Henry Elam, conducted the Crown's case against Helen. Why didn't the Crown simply bring in another barrister to prosecute Helen, somebody who could concentrate 100% on putting her away? Well, it's certainly true that John Maude KC was regarded as one of the finest and most successful barristers in the country, but could there be another reason for picking him? His education is almost monotonously textbook elite, EtonCollege, then ChristChurchCollege, Oxford. He was also a member of the MiddleTemple, one of the quasi-secret societies, the Inns of Court, which all barristers have to join. What's more a year after he sent Helen Duncan down Maude was elected a Member of Parliament. But perhaps most importantly of all John Maude was head of MI5's Section B19, a wartime unit responsible for tracking the sources of rumours; the kind of human intelligence gathering that would be necessary to monitor Spiritualist mediums. If that is the case then he would have investigated Helen in his job as an intelligence officer as well as jailing her in his job as a lawyer. The choice of judge is interesting too. It was His Honour the Recorder of London Sir Gerald Dodson, and there is an authentic letter in existence from the Department of Public Prosecutions (since 1986 called the Crown Prosecution Service) specifically recommending Dodson to preside over the trial of Helen Duncan. Sir Gerald Dodson was a former officer in the Royal Navy who was very active in charities and advocacy groups to do with the Navy and naval veterans; and he would therefore have been deeply involved emotionally in the sinking of HMS Hoodand HMS Barham. Another man who would almost certainly have advized the prosecution was a senior Naval Intelligence officer called Commander Ian Fleming. He had previously spied on Spainand also had monitored the Moscow Show Trials in 1933, and the manner in which Helen's trial was conducted indicates his influence. In a way Helen's prosecution was a show trial, hence the title of Hartley's book. Fleming was also very interested in the paranormal and occult. He was a member of the Society for Psychical Research as well as a close friend of the famous purveyor of Magick, Aleister Crowley. Like Firebrace, Fleming would have immediately grasped the implications of Helen's activities. If Ian Fleming's name sounds familiar to you, this is probably because he is today very famous for being the author of the James Bond novels, which have of course spawned a very popular series of films. Helen's defence counsel was Charles Loseby; he was not a barrister, so was not a member of any of the furtive and slippery Inns of Court, but he was a highly experienced solicitor and also an ardent Spiritualist. He believed passionately in Helen's cause and wanted badly to win the trial for her, but sadly he made some fatal mistakes; he thought that by proving Spiritualism true he could get Helen acquitted. The most obvious problem with that is that the indictment was against the personal machinations of a particular medium, not mediumship in general; the second problem was that he hinged his case on the false assumption that the court would give him the chance.

The prosecution witnesses all reported that they had been lured to the seance in Portsmouthby promises of seeing something truly supernatural and had instead been confronted merely with Helen Duncan herself covered in a white sheet pretending to be ectoplasm. The only problem was that this white sheet was never found even though one of the sitters reported seizing it at the moment the police rushed in. It is odd that on every occasion people have lambasted Helen for faking her act using white sheets or cheesecloth, they have never actually produced said textiles; even though she had performed innumerable times in both Spiritualist institutions and psychical research laboratories. The closest anybody came to it was Esson Maule and the extra-small vest mentioned above. Their case was centred around a series of witness testimonies; luckily for them the principle witness was a highly respected pillar of the community, a young naval officer called Lieutenant Stanley Raymond Worth. Worth is still alive and living in New Zealand; he reports that he was invited to the Portsmouthseances by some friends who regularly used to attend Spiritualist events, what they called "the spooks", as a form of entertainment. As soon as he saw Helen Duncan in action he could plainly see that she was a complete mountebank and made it his "duty to bring her to justice!" He reported her to the police and this is why the raid took place, and for no other reason. Lt Worth's links to the police are interesting. He's the son of one senior police officer and the nephew of another. He was also was a part-time Special Branch constable himself; not to mention the fact that his closest family friend was the aforementioned Chief Constable Arthur West he also knew the police officer in charge of the raid. Perhaps the dodgiest factor in the role of Lt. Stanley Worth is that he lied under oath when asked directly by Loseby if he was involved with the intelligence services. His direct answer was "no" and that he was simply "spying on his own account", whatever the hell that means! In fact it has been revealed since that he had been selected for detachment to the Naval Provost's intelligence division. This could well mean he could be reporting to Fleming and Maude; how strange considering the role of those two men in other parts of the trial. All the personnel on the prosecution side of Helen's trial are distinctly starting to look like some kind of secret cabal. Lt. Worth is further implicated because it seemed one of his acquaintances tried to make some money off Worth's clandestine campaign against Helen. One of the other regular sitters at Helen's events made a bet with a friend of his in Oxfordthat Helen Duncan would be arrested in Portsmouthwithin two weeks and that her principle accuser would be named Stanley Worth; he won the bet. The only way he could have known all this beforehand is that if Worth knew in advance what was planned and had let it slip, either accidentally or deliberately; did he even have a cut in the bet? The suspicious factors stack up even further when back into Helen's life came psychic investigator Harry Price; you'll recall they had met fourteen years earlier and he had allegedly revealed her trickery to the world. The DPP asked Price to consult, but he was not ordered to appear as an expert witness; his job was to brief the prosecution witnesses! In other words Worth, Cross and the other prosecution witnesses were coached. This is highly irregular and could be interpreted as an attempt to pervert the course of justice. 
Over the course of the trial all the sitters present at Helen's seances in Portsmouth were put in the witness box. The testimonies varied enormously between defence and prosecution witnesses. For example, all of the Crown's witnesses report the same basic effect: the curtains opened and a human figure that looked like Helen Duncan moved around with a white sheet draped over her; the voices they heard were all very like Helen's. Sometimes she revealed her face and it was definitely Helen Duncan's face. Clearly Harry Price coached them well. As I said above though, no white sheet was found by the police even though Worth and Cross said they "grabbed it" and the police were on the scene too in a matter of moments. When questioned by Loseby on this point Worth's answer was: "Well, obviously somebody hid it just in time."Obviously? This is very much a circular argument fallacy: Nobody found any sheet because somebody hid it- How do you know somebody hid it?- Well, how else could we have failed to find it? Worth said that somebody sitting in the audience wore an arm sling and that was where it must have been hidden. However it seems strange that the police didn't think of that and search for it there, even if somehow the concealment of a piece of linen big enough to cover a twenty stone woman could be secreted quickly enough to escape their gaze by somebody with one a bad arm; in the chaos of the raid too. Loseby's witnesses on the other hand, who received no coaching that I'm aware of, tell a very different story; they report seeing Helen sitting securely in a chair while a mysterious white semi-fluid substance issued from her mouth and nose. The fluid morphed into the shapes of people, dead people, whom some audience members recognized; for example, in the case of the Barham sailor. "Albert" and "Peggy" also appeared from time to time and were described in detail that matched from witness to witness. These entities conversed with the sitters, touched them and even in one case, kissed them. Another witness, Mrs Anne Potter, saw her mother who spoke to her from just two feet away and she was easily recognizable, down to the moles on the skin of her face. A parrot, a cat and several other animals also materialized in ectoplasm. When the spirit withdrew from the ectoplasm the witnesses report that it sank into the floor and evaporated. The prosecution placed a great deal of emphasis on the seance lighting. The seance room was a converted upstairs lounge above a chemists shop at 301 Copnor Road, Portsmouth. You can see from the modern photo of the premises below that it has a large bay window; that was the room in which Helen's events took place. However this was covered by a blackout blind, as most windows were during the Blitz. The room was lit by a white light when not in use, but when the seance started that light was switched off and the bulb was removed for safety; bright light can harm a medium in trance. The only light left on in the room was a forty watt red lamp; in fact occasionally "Albert" even requested that somebody put their handkerchief over it to shade it more. According to Lt. Worth the light was so deeply red and so dim that it was impossible to see the details the defence witnesses claimed they saw; but there's a contradiction here: Lt. Worth and PC Cross were in the second row of seats; yet they were very positive that they could identify Helen Duncan as the ghostly figure. Then they try to claim that the witness who saw their dead friends and relatives should not make such a claim because the light was too bad to be sure; this was even though some of those witnesses were in the front row, just a foot or two from the curtains. There were also multiple contradictions between their police statements, their preliminary magistrate testimonies and their Crown Court testimonies. Unfortunately Charles Loseby did not challenge these discrepancies enough during his cross-examination of the Crown's witnesses. This was because the plan for his defence was to wait until the next phase of the trial when he thought he could have the entire case dismissed in one fell swoop; he would get Helen to hold a seance in the courtroom and so prove that she was a genuine psychic!
"If Mrs Duncan is a materialization medium, then there is a Spiritworld near her at this moment... and a guide right here... possibly waiting for an opportunity to help her. Let us call him! Yes, here in the Central Criminal Court of London. Why not? She requires a curtained off partition and a red light; nothing more." So petitioned Loseby to the court. The judge refused point blank. After an appeal by the defence counsel Dodson agreed to let the jury decide. He polled them and they elected not to. I wonder how close that poll was! Who on the jury did not want to see something like that!? If I'd been there I'd have voted "yes" without a second thought. Dodson's refusal is of course legally understandable on one level, for the reasons I said above. The reality of Spiritualism was not on trial; a particular self-proclaimed Spiritualist medium was; whether the true manifestation of spirits was possible, or if it were even possible, whether Helen Duncan herself was capable of doing that herself, was not relevant to the case. She could have been the greatest medium the world had ever seen, spewing out ectoplasmic entities left, right and centre at will... but if on just one occasion in Portsmouth she decided to cheat with cheesecloth; that, and that alone, was the concern of the court. But there is another level to the issue; if Helen had been allowed to demonstrate her powers in court in front of the judge and jury it would devastate the prosecution's case because they would be in a position in which they'd have to prove that a woman who was provably capable of producing genuine psychic phenomena would need to cheat. Did she just have her off-days and had developed fool-proof illusionism for those occasions? Maude and Elamhad spent the entire trial portraying Helen as a ruthless harridan who had made a life-long career of double-dealing artifice; a successful demonstration to the court would show her to be a very different kind of woman indeed. What's more, if it were true that Dodson, Maude, Worth and all the rest were in league with each other to put Helen away on the orders of their Government then there's no length they would not go to the secure such an outcome... including rigging jury polls.
On Friday the 31st of March 1944, the judge summed up and the jury retired to consider their verdict; this took less than thirty minutes: Guilty. The following Monday Chief Constable Arthur West gave her a such damning character assessment that Helen could not have expected less than the maximum penalty: nine months in Holloway Prison. As she was taken down poor Helen cried out in her broad Scottish accent: "I ha' nae even done anythin'!... Oh God! Is there a God?" In June she appealed unsuccessfully against the sentence and was finally released at the completion of her term on Friday the 22nd of September. Mr and Mrs Homer, the couple running the MasterTemple in Portsmouth, were convicted as accessories and given a four month suspended sentence. On June the 6th, while Helen was languishing in her prison cell, there was a massive amphibious invasion of Normandy, Franceby British and Allied forces in Operation Overlord, catching the enemy completely unawares; history would come to know it as "D-Day".

The connection between the supernatural and warfare is stronger than you might think. It has a long history; both Julius Caesar and Alexander the Great used to consult soothsayers before going into battle. In 1429 a teenage peasant girl called Jeanne Roumée was put in charge of the French army because the king believed she was receiving divine guidance. The advice from Joan of Arc gave Francevictory over Englandat the Siege of Orleans. All through the Cold War both sides used psychic spies to keep tabs on what their enemy was up to. In the modern world paranormal powers are still a major part of government machinations, despite public ridicule of the notion, for example see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TYO-iABnQd4. We are told that Helen Duncan's case was a simple and straightforward matter: she was a cheat and she had happened to be caught cheating. She had a fair trial and the outcome was that she was fairly convicted and punished for her crimes. But based on the fact of paranormal intervention into matters of statesmanship in the past, plus the other suspicious elements of her conviction, let me offer an alternative hypothesis: Helen Duncan was a real physical medium. The reason she was imprisoned was because her powers allowed her to gain classified information about the War from those who had been briefed into it and had subsequently passed away. She could then relate this information to anybody who happened to attend one of her seances, including Nazi spies. By 1944 preparations were underway for D-Day, a battle that was absolutely crucial to the outcome of the War. Preparations for the Normandy Landings included a massive top secret operation of training, logistics and deception. A fake village was even built in Dorset which you can visit today as a museum piece! The operation consisted of thousands of people sworn to secrecy; it was, to use my own terminology, a dangerously "top-heavy conspiracy". The planners knew very well how precarious the whole endeavour was. Helen Duncan represented an unpluggable leak; it would only take one of the people involved in D-Day to die before June the 6th, and only one enemy spy to be in the seance room when that person appeared in spirit, for secrecy of the whole invasion to be blown. Therefore the Government concocted a plan to put Helen somewhere where she could not practice her mediumship for the duration of the run-up to D-Day. They used intelligence agents in the police and legal system to frame Helen and imprison her. In fact in a way I'm pleased Helen was convicted and jailed because if that plan had failed they would probably have killed her. It's clear that the Prime Minister Winston Churchill was not cleared for the plan because he commented himself on the case on the 3rd of April. He sent a memo to the Home Secretary saying: "Let me have a report on why the Witchcraft Act of 1735 was used in a modern Court of Justice. What was the cost of this trial to the State, observing that witnesses were brought from Portsmouth and maintained here in this crowded London for a fortnight, and the Recorder kept busy with all this obsolete tomfoolery, to the detriment of necessary work in the Courts." Skeptics often claim that Helen was not a real medium at all, but because Winston Churchill was a believer in Spiritualism there was a sort of "climate of Woo" hanging over the British Government during his premiership; this memo comprehensively disproves that. To this day, the elderly Stanley Worth stands by his story, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ao0pmxxirpA. He doggedly maintains that he ended up at Helen Duncan's seance quite by chance because one of his mates invited him "to the spooks" for a laugh. He reported her to the police purely out of a feeling of personal indignation, and he feels that she got her just desserts. Is he being honest or is he still just doing his duty under the Official Secrets Act. Perhaps after sixty-nine years of telling this story, he has come to believe it himself. There's a fictional allegory in a novel by Brian Aldiss, a local Oxfordscience fiction writer, Helliconia Winter, the last book in a trilogy. The novel is set on an alien planet in which the inhabitants all have mediumistic abilities and regularly commune with their dead ancestors, a practice called "pauk" that is as common to them as eating and sleeping. One day the government on the planet decide to outlaw "pauk" because they're terrified that the spirits of the dead will reveal state secrets. When you can't silence somebody even by killing them, what do you do? Interestingly the government justified its policy by falsely claiming that "pauk" causes the spread of disease.

Helen Duncan went back to Spiritualism after being released from jail and had a few more brushes with the law, although none nearly as serious as the one in 1944. She was the last person ever to be tried under the Witchcraft Act; it was soon replaced with the Fraudulent Mediums Act of 1951, which made life difficult for many Spiritualists until it itself was repealed in 2008; there have happily been no equivalent replacements. However, in all the years since and with new laws on their side, the UK Government have never come down as hard on anybody as they did on Helen Duncan in 1944. Helen performed her last seance on the 28th of October 1956 at WestBridgfordSpiritualistChurchin Nottingham. The establishment was raided by the police and Helen was badly injured. She had never enjoyed good health in all her life; the shock of what happened in Nottingham probably aggravated her condition and indirectly caused her death just a few weeks later on the 6th of December, back home in Edinburgh. However, her supporters have not gone away; here's their website: http://www.helenduncan.org.uk/. They say that Helen has been in regular contact ever since.

Maybe there was a deeper issue at stake in the strange case of Helen Duncan. Maybe it explains why Recorder Dodson blocked Helen's courtroom demonstration and also why Esson Maule got her nailed in 1932. Maybe there was a far more long-term and strategic goal involved than just D-Day. It all comes down to the fact that the acceptance of the truth of Spiritualism would inevitably result in the acceptance that there is such thing as Life-After-Death. At a senior level of Government I think there are people who know very well that the Afterlife exists; but they just don't want us to know. They've kept it secret for much more fundamental reasons than merely the concealment of military attacks. The official acknowledgement that when we die our consciousness neither ceases to exist forever, nor is tossed into the merciless hands of some vengeful God because you didn't put enough money onto the church collection plate, would have a profound effect on every aspect of human society. Atheo-Skeptics like Richard Dawkins and Andrew Copson claim that Life-After-Death would somehow reduce the value of our current life on Earth; I've never understood why they think that. I speculate that the official Governmental revelation that the Afterlife exists would probably have a very positive effect on the human morale (unless your self-esteem is tied up with being an MBA-er of course! See: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/dr-peter-fenwick-mba-destroyer.html). It would probably eliminate the fear of dying; it would make grieving over the death of a loved one far easier to endure because it would constitute only a temporary separation, not a permanent loss; one which would eventually end with a happy reunion. From what I've seen, the Illuminati-controlled authorities guard the secret of spiritual reality closest of all. It's a bigger secret than the UFO's, bigger than Free Energy, bigger than 9/11, bigger than Atlantis, bigger than the Reptilians. This entails that its successful suppression must be even more quintessential to the survival of the New World Order than any of those other snippets of hidden knowledge. Why? I'm still not a hundred percent sure. I know why the Church wouldn't like it; it would mean that they could no longer control people using fear of Hellfire and damnation any more, but on a secular level it's more complicated. I suspect that the cover-up is still a long way from ending; in fact a few days ago I attempted to revise Helen Duncan's very biased Wikipedia page: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helen_Duncanand it was very speedily edited back. I think this is maybe the subject for another dedicated article. Perhaps one day we will all know the truth about the Afterlife and, who knows, in future court cases it may become perfectly normal legal practice to subpoena a ghost in the way Loseby wanted to subpoena "Albert".




Cloud Atlas

$
0
0
See here for an official trailer for Cloud Atlas: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWnAqFyaQ5s

A few months ago word reached me of a new movie coming out with the intriguing title of Cloud Atlas; most people in the conspiracy/paranormal community who had seen it were raving about it. I tend to be cautious about excessive hype because I find it is rarely deserved, and falling too much into the spirit of its enthusiasm tends to lead to disappointment when I view the object of it. I walked into the cinema thinking that surely Cloud Atlas couldn’t be that good, could it? Yes it could, and it was. I’m so accustomed to reviewing books and films I can’t stand, so please indulge me while I review one I love for a change.

The film is by Andy and Lana Wachowski the cinematic siblings who brought us such greats as the Matrix Trilogy and V for Vendetta. The film’s intricate plot requires concentration to follow, but it is well worth the effort. The film is based on a novel by David Mitchell and the greater story arc evolves across six independent sub-stories that are set in different eras over a time period of nearly four hundred years; three are in the past, one in the present and two in the future. Despite this the events in one tale influence those in succeeding ones, and amazingly, preceding ones too. The way this occurs is found in Oriental philosophy, a subject that has influenced the Wachowskis in other films they’ve made. The different characters in the various scenarios are actually separate incarnations of immortal souls. This is explained several times in different ways; for instance Sonmi-451 in Scenario 5 says: “Our lives are not our own. From womb to tomb, we are bound to others, past and present; and by each crime and every kindness we birth our future”. In Scenario 3 the character Isaac Sachs experiences the same revelation although he describes it very differently because he’s a physicist: “Belief, like fear or love, is a force to be understood. As we understand the Theory of Relativity or the Principles of Uncertainty. Phenomena that determine the course of our lives… These forces that remake time and space, that can shape and alter who we imagine ourselves to bebegin long before we’re born and continue long after we perish. Our lives and our choices, like quantum trajectories, are understood moment to moment. At each point of intersection, each new encounter suggests a new potential direction.” What I find interesting is that the different souls incarnate as very different personalities playing very different roles. The various incarnations can be both protagonists and antagonists, depending on the scenario. Also some of them play major characters in one scenario and are virtually cameo in another. One of them, which I’ll call Soul TH because he’s played by the actor Tom Hanks, starts off as a murderous quack doctor then goes on to become a blackmailing hotel receptionist, a mild-mannered and thoughtful nuclear power station engineer, a violent Irish novelist, a movie actor and a troubled uncle. All the characters in the story have a birthmark on their skins resembling a comet; this suggests that they are what Michael Newton calls a “soul group”, a collection of separate spiritual entities who are, at a higher level, all one; excuse the cliché, but it is an accurate description. See: http://www.spiritualregression.org/. The soul reflects on itself by incarnating into these various alternating experiences.

The film takes a lot of stamina to watch and the most common criticism laid out is that it’s too long and complicated. It is epic in length, a hundred and seventy two minutes, and the film makers treat the viewer very roughly, but is this a bad thing? They want us to think and they demand the effort from us to do so. They consider the viewer an intelligent intellectual and provide a challenge that they feel is appropriate; they consider us up to the job and so push us hard. What a relief that is from a media whose role is normally the opposite! Cloud Atlas is definitely an art-house flick, not a general release film aimed simply at the mass market; if anybody doesn’t like it they can go vegetate themselves in front of Battle of Los Angeles! It is an independent production by the German producer Tom Tykwer; he also co-directed it along with the Wachowskis, and he composed its award-winning score. It’s one of the most expensive independent movies ever made, its $102 million budget coming mostly from German arts company sponsors. The production was deeply troubled; it almost went bankrupt and the film came perilously close to being cancelled more than once, but the cast and crew were determined to finish it and they even had a whip-round to fund some of it out of their own pockets; the thing was funded partly out of donations from the actors you see on the screen and the people behind the cameras who made it happen. I’m pleased to say that the film has so far grossed $28 million, with the DVD newly launched and home sales yet to come in. Along with the money problems were the logistics. The multiple scenarioes would have taken a couple of years to film with a single unit so the film was shot in parallel. The obvious problem was that any miscalculation of the schedule means that the actors or crew-members could be double-booked. Suppose the unit in the studio in Germany told Hugh Grant, or an indispensable technical expert, they needed him at the very same moment the location team in Edinburgh did? It must have given Tykwer nightmares! 
In discussing the plot it’s easiest to name the characters by the souls they have inside them through the entire film, not just the characters they play in the separate scenarioes. I’ve already mentioned Soul TH, played by Tom Hanks. The others I’ll call Soul HB, played by the actress Halle Berry; Soul JS, played by actor James Sturgess; Soul DB, played by actress Doona Bae; Soul JB, played by the actor Jim Broadbent; Soul BW, played by actor Ben Whishaw; Soul HW, played by the actor Hugo Weaving (Smith in the Wachowskis’ Matrix films of course); Soul JD, played by actor James D’Arcy; Soul ZX, played by actress Zhou Xun; Soul KD, played by actor Keith David; Soul DG, played by actor David Gyasi; Soul SS, played by actress Susan Sarandon; and Soul HG, played by actor Hugh Grant.

Scenario 1: This opening scenario is set in the South Pacific in 1859. Adam Ewing, Soul JS, is young newlywed lawyer from San Fransisco who is seeking his fortune as part of his father-in-law’s business, the slave trade. He sails to an island and falls ill from shock while witnessing the mistreatment of black slaves, including Souls DG and HB. He is treated by the ship’s doctor, Soul TH, a Dr Goose, who secretly tries to poison him while pretending to cure him. Luckily one of the slaves, Soul DG, stows away on board the ship and rescues him from the doctor’s clutches. He persuades the ship’s captain, Soul JB, to take him on as a member of the crew. His friendship with the slave causes him to question the morality of slavery. His father-in-law, Soul HW tells him that he is violating a “natural order”, a statement that recurs several times throughout the film. In fact there’s a quote first uttered by Dr Goose, Soul TH, which comes back more than once: “There’s only one rule which binds all people: the weak are meat and the strong do eat”. This is the basis of Social Darwinism and the “It’s a dog-eat-dog world, Man!” ideal, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/charles-doing-washing-up.html. The outdoor scenes of Scenario 1 were filmed in the Mediterranean on the Balearic Islands.
Scenario 2: Souls BW and JD play a pair of homosexual men in Cambridge University in 1936 called Rufus Sixsmith and Robert Frobisher. As a gay couple in those days they have to keep their relationship secret, but they are eventually separated for good when Frobisher goes to Scotland to work for a famous, but elderly, classical composer Vyvyan Ayrs, Soul JB. Frobisher goes through a straight phase and has an affair with Ayrs’ younger wife Jocasta, Soul HB; but his musical partnership with Ayrs only really breaks down when Ayrs tries to plagiarize ones of Frobisher’s own compositions, the Cloud Atlas Sextet, which is also the score to the movie. When Frobisher challenges him, Ayrs threatens to publicize Frobisher’s homosexuality and disgrace him. Frobisher shoots himself after a very moving sequence in Edinburgh where he comes close to being reunited with Sixsmith. Sadly their plans are thwarted by the brief appearance of an avaricious hotelier, Soul TH, back on Earth as a similar person to Dr Goose. This part of the film includes an abstract scene in which Sixsmith and Frobisher are in a china shop breaking everything; it is very reminiscent of the scene in V for Vendetta where V topples dominoes. Oddly enough Frobisher comes across the published journal of Adam Ewing and becomes enthralled by it; this happens in all the scenarioes, a physical as well as a spiritual link, bonds each one with the previous one.
Scenario 3: This is set in San Francisco in 1973 but was in fact filmed in Scotland, mostly around Glasgow; I know somebody who went to watch while they were doing the street scenes there. Soul HB comes back as Luisa Rey, a roving reporter who lets nothing stand in the way of a good story. She is the daughter of a famous war correspondent, Soul DG, now deceased. She discovers that the manager of a nearby nuclear power station, Soul HG, who along with Soul HW, seems to always incarnate as unpleasant people, is secretly working for an oil company and wants to stage a nuclear accident to keep people using oil and not alternatives like nuclear fission power (This is not a real alternative in my view, but that’s a big subject that I discuss elsewhere, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/05/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-truth-juice-hull.html). Like many TV detectives she has a young child as a side-kick, a boy called Javier. She’s also helped by Soul KD, a former solider whose life was saved by her father, and an older Rufus Sixsmith, the only character who appears in more than one scenario as the same physical person. In this scenario, Soul DB plays a brief but essential role; she becomes much busier later on in the film. The most remarkable sequence is where Luisa meets up with Soul TH incarnate as a very different person, Isaac Sachs, the aforementioned mild-manner scientist. They’ve never met before, but they experience a strange and sudden sense of recognition. This has happened to me when I meet new people sometimes. The strange thing is that Souls TH and HB have not encountered each other before in the timeline, but they become very close indeed later. So they effectively experience a memory that is not from a past life, but from a future one! Along with Sachs she very much warms to Sixsmith too and uncovers the love letters he exchanged with Frobisher. She goes out and buys a rare vinyl disk copy of his Cloud AtlasSextet. The man serving behind the counter has it on in the shop at the time. He says: “I only played it to check it wasn’t scratched, but I can’t stop listening to it.” This might be because the salesman is Soul JD and he composed it himself in a previous life.
Scenario 4: London 2012. This contemporary segment has a very different feel to the others; it’s much more light-hearted in style, almost a comedy. Soul JB is Timothy Cavendish, a successful publisher who is promoting his newest author, a rough and choleric Irishman or Gypsy called Dermot Hoggins, Soul TH, who has written his autobiography. At a party on the top floor of a hotel, they run into a critic who recently panned the book. Hoggins is so angry that he throws the critic off a balcony where he falls to his death. The scandal that erupts makes the book an overnight bestseller. Hoggins is in jail and so cannot earn royalties; this allows Cavendish to make even more profit, but unfortunately Hoggins’ brothers are not in jail and they are as violent as the author. So they come to Cavendish and threaten him for the money. Cavendish can’t afford to pay them and so asks his brother Denholme, Soul HG, to hide him in a hotel. There he hopes to continue his next project, a manuscript submitted by Javier, Luisa Rey’s kid detective right-hand man, an adult now of course, about the intrigue in Scenario 3. Things get worse when it turns out Denholme has tricked his brother into being signed into a secure old people’s home for Alzheimers sufferers, which oddly enough is Vyvyan Ayrs’ old mansion converted; this is because Cavendish had a secret affair with his wife previously. Cavendish and a few of the other residents have to make a jail-break style escape and are thwarted by Nurse Noakes, a huge, violent and very physically powerful woman, Soul HW. At the end Cavendish finds his long-lost childhood sweetheart, Soul SS, and goes to live with her. The interesting part of the story is that just before Hoggins attacks the critic he catches eyes with a nameless woman at the party and stops to look at her. This woman is actually Soul HB and he must have experienced another subconscious memory of her like he did when they met in Scenario 3.
In Scenario 5 we see Soul DB in her biggest role in the film, this segment features two Asian actresses, the South Korean Doon Bae and Chinese Zhou Xun, in their first major international parts. The setting is a megacity called Neo Seoul in Korea in the year 2144. Soul DB is a Sonmi-451, a genetically-modified human clone who is used as a slave in a tacky fast food joint. She breaks her programming when she forms a friendship with Yoona-939, Soul ZX, another clone who does not have the usual mind control that is supposed to be inbred in clones. She introduces Sonmi-451 to free thought; together they watch films, including a movie made about the adventures of Timothy Cavendish in Scenario 4, played by an actor animated by Soul TH. The customers at the burger bar treat the clones with contempt, insulting them and sexually harassing them for their amusement. Yoona-939 is killed by the manager, Soul HG, when she strikes back at one of the customers. She says: “I will not be subjected to criminal abuse!”, a line from Timothy Cavendish which she picked up from the film. Sonmi-451 is rescued by the leader of the anti-government resistance. It appears that the world, or at least Korea, in that future date is ruled by a despotic regime called “Unanimity”. The clones are fed from packets of processed food that are made in secret from the bodies of other clones who have been killed when they are no longer useful to the system. Oddly enough this obscene nutritional concoction is nicknamed “soap”; and when Cavendish is under the brutal charge of Nurse Noakes she threatens to force-feed him soap flakes. If I recall, the symbolism of soap comes up another time in the movie and other such curious connotations are woven into the story. Sonmi-451 escapes with the resistance leader, Soul JS. They go to Hawaii where Sonmi-451 makes a broadcast to the whole Earth and its colonies in space just before she is captured and executed.
Scenario 6 is set in the year 2321 in Hawaii, although it was filmed by the same unit who filmed Scenario 1 on Mallorca and the other Balearics. Zachry, Soul TH and his sister Rose, Soul ZX, live in a post-apocalyptic pastoral society on the Big Island of Hawaii. They speak in a peculiar constructed dialect that is very hard to understand; for instance “true-true” means “truth” “yeasoe” means to approve of something, “cog” means “to know” and “keeping eyewise” means to watch over somebody. This language is not subtitled and following it is one of the biggest challenges of the film. The community is unfortunately preyed upon by a tribe of violent cannibals called the Kona whose leader is Soul HG. To make matters worse Zachry, is tormented by visions of a demonic entity called “Old Georgie”, Soul HW; we get a bit of Karma or future-life-memory because the demon tells Zachry “the weak are meat and the strong do eat” like he, Soul TH, told Adam Ewing in Scenario 1. However they have a history in their society and they worship the memory of Sonmi-451, although they misinterpret her as a religion. The priestess of this religion is called the “abbess”, Soul SS. Zachry’s culture has contact with outsiders who have a much more technologically advanced civilization and they visit the island occasionally to trade. One of these is Meronym, Soul HB, who wants to locate the transmitter from which Sonmi-451 made her broadcast, and to find out if any of the off-world colonies still exist. Zachry takes her there and they receive a signal. The film begins and ends in Scenario 6 with a brief prologue and epilogue. At the start an elderly Zachry is relating a tale over a campfire in a troubled tone. At the end we realize that he is actually telling this story to his enraptured grandchildren and there’s a heartwarming scene in which we realize that he has moved to an off-world colony himself with Meronym, with whom he has fallen in love and started a family. Maybe this is why, as Isaac Sachs and Dermot Hoggins, he recognized Luisa Rey and the woman at the party. They were, quite literally, his soulmate.




Cloud Atlas really is a supreme cinematic achievement, if you don’t mind me lapsing into the kind of pretentious pseudo-intellectual terminology “duh cwitics” always use. The real critics are completely polarized over this film; it seems to be the kind of movie you either love or hate. When it premiered at the Toronto Film festival it received a ten-minute standing ovation, but others have called it “an honourable failure, but a failure nonetheless”. The Guardian said it “carried all the hallmarks of a giant folly” and Slant magazine considers is “a total and unparalleled disaster!” In my view, as a writer of fiction myself, the only way to deal with the critics is to develop a very thick skin and ignore them, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/critics.html; however tempting it might be to throw them off a balcony like Dermot Hoggins. I have nothing but praise for this mind-expanding, inspiring and uplifting movie. It has been nominated for several anti-prizes, such as the “Movie you Most Wanted to Love but Couldn’t” and the Village Voice Worst Film of 2012, but it won every German film award on the books and also got several accolades for its make-up. Best of all, it won a Golden Globe for its score, the classical Cloud Atlas Sextet, which was composed both inside the story and behind the scenes; like the film it is divided into six movements. The beauty of the score perfectly complements the joyous and adventurous spiritual intrigue of the film itself. It has a scope beyond what is almost comprehensible, and yet it is strangely so logical and tangible. “Everything is connected” is the motto of the movie. It means what your great grandfather’s postman decided to do on just one occasion can decide the outcome of a global revolution three hundred years later. This is not a new idea; on the contrary, the notion behind the story of Cloud Atlas is one of the most primeval themes in human thought. It can be found in the most ancient wisdom teachers of India and Ancient Egypt. The notion is that mankind is far more than the sum of its parts. Its parts being isolated physical beings, which come from oblivion and return to it having no effect we are not able to immediately induce with the brute force of our hands; an effect which fades back into the matrix of chaos soon after it is enacted. The more force, the longer delay before its inevitable extinction; the “bungled and the botched” of Friedrich Nietzsche’s worldview (in Bertrand Russell’s commentary). It is instead the perennial philosophy, one which came down from the Orient and Egypt; one which has always been the basis of indigenous cultures across the world and inspired and the wiser minds of Greece and Rome. It can be found in the gnostic heresy of Christianity and Islam, heresies for which their proponents endured lingering deaths and genocide at the hands of the Vatican authorities, because they merely spoke it. We are all spiritual beings having a human experience; this is a formula repeated so often that it has almost lost its meaning in the New Age and Spiritualism, despite the fact that it is so important and true. This is what I think Jesus learned during nearly all of his life that was edited out of the Bible, between his childhood and the last few months before the Crucifixion; did you really think that was all there was to him? I think he spent those years with the Essenes, the Jewish gnostics who lived mystical lives beside the Dead Sea and wrote Mary Magdalene’s lost gospels of Nag Hamadi. All these eternal and ubiquitous themes are explored in this magnificent film, Cloud Atlas. Not only the deep and profound, but the simple and everyday feelings, the divinity in the very ordinary humanity of people, especially in Scenario 4. Mr Meeks who helped Tim Cavendish break out of the old people’s home where his brother had imprisoned him, only uttered one thing for nearly all of the film: “I know”. But those two words sum up the entire film. “The weak are meat and the strong do eat” are the words Soul TH both uses and has to hear, the words of social Darwinism, the ethics of the Illuminati who have made it their “Great Work of Ages” to keep ancient knowledge from the people. The manifesto of Sonmi-451, Soul DB, are the death knell for everything they have done. We are coming close to a time in history when films like Cloud Atlas will truly be the illustrations of the end, and the new beginning. Sonmi-451 was a nameless, faceless GMO clone who spent every waking hour flipping burgers for “consumers” who were almost as mindless as she was expected to be. But she became one of the most important people who ever lived once she understood the secret that has been kept from us to maintain our servitude. We are all Sonmi-451’s; all of us are nobodies and all of us are everything. That is what Cloud Atlas describes and illustrates better than any film I’ve ever seen. So, do go and see it; it’s still showing in a few small picture houses and the DVD is now on sale in all good shops, and can be purchased online: http://www.amazon.co.uk/Cloud-Atlas-DVD-UV-Copy/dp/B0095HHBRY




The Kennedy Assassination- 50 Years On

$
0
0
People often ask, where did the conspiratorial community come from? What is it that has made people begin to stand up against the New World Order in the way so many of us are today? Of course there was a wave of conspiratorial awareness several centuries ago, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/08/my-book-review-who-are-illuminati.html, but this is the 21st century; why are so many people resisting now? Why are the NWO having such a rough ride? Many things have happened over the years that have fuelled the modern conspiratorial period, but its origins can be traced back to a very precise point in time and a very specific location and event; it involved the murder of one man, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, the thirty-fifth President of the United States. The day that happened was the 22nd of November 1963, fifty years ago today. It was 12.30PM and “Jack” as he was known to his family and friends, was visiting the city of Dallas, Texas. Part of his tour included a car ride around the city between his various appointments. Thousands of people lined the pavements to watch him pass in an open-top Lincoln Continental car and there was an atmosphere in the streets that has been described as like a carnival. His motorcade included several police motorcycles and cars full of Secret Service bodyguards, but none of them were in the Presidential car. At 12.29 PM the car turned of Houston Street and onto DealeyPlaza, a forked carriageway with small plots of ornamental parkland on either side and between the roads. Suddenly the sound of multiple gunshots rang out and the president slumped forward in his seat. A moment later, the horror of everybody watching, especially his wife Jackie who was sitting next to him on the back seat, he was explosively decapitated. The grisly demise of the young President was captured forever by an amateur cameraman called Abraham Zapruder in one of the most famous and disturbing films ever made, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eqlib47cefM.

John F Kennedy was only forty-three when he was inaugurated as President of the United States in January 1961, the youngest ever; he was the first ever US President to born in the 20thCentury, on May the 29th 1917. He was born into one of America’s elite families, his father was a highly successful industrialist and politician, he was US Ambassador to the United Kingdom; and the Kennedy bloodline comes out of European aristocracy, like most elite American families. The Kennedy branch was Irish Catholic and his lineage can be traced back to the 10th Century High King Brian Bornu MacKennedy of Ireland. He had a typical blue blood American education at the nation’s top schools and the London School of Economics, and when World War II broke out he joined the US Navy and took command of a motor torpedo boat. Once when his boat was attacked and sunk by the Japanese, he swam to the nearest shore dragging one of his badly injured crewmen, thus saving his life. After the war he moved into politics and ran for Congress representing the 11th Massachusetts District for the Democrats. In 1952 he joined the Senate alongside his brother Robert (one of only two brothers he had who was still alive, and who was also himself assassinated five years later; his family didn’t have much luck!). In January 1960 he entered the Democratic primaries for Presidential candidate and won; a few months later he ran in the 1960 US Presidential Election against the Republican Richard M Nixon (Yes, Tricky Dicky! It’s very unusual for a defeated Presidential candidate to be given a second chance to run for the White House). In his inaugural speech Kennedy famously said: “Ask not what your country can do for you, ask what you can do for your country!” He was renowned for his oratory skills and gained devoted support. Nobody knew it at the time, but his term in office would cover some of the most crucial few years in American history and this paved the way for its violent end. Politically Kennedy was probably as liberal as it’s possible to be in senior American politics. He became a hero of the black civil rights movement by tackling the unconstitutional racial segregation policies of many southern states and had long conversations with Martin Luther King and his wife. His term lay in the heart of the Cold War and therefore Kennedy’s foreign policy was dominated by confrontations with the Soviet Union. This conflict led to the creation of the Berlin Wall. In order to show his sympathy and support for the ordinary Germans caught behind the Wall, he travelled to the city and made a speech in which he passionately cried: “Ich bin ein Berliner!- I am a citizen of Berlin!” In April 1961 Kennedy took steps to depose Fidel Castro’s communist regime in Cuba; this island nation off the coast of Florida was regarded as a rogue state and a thorn in the nation’s side by many American people. Kennedy trained a covert guerrilla force of Cuban exiles called Brigade 2506 and they carried out an invasion on the island at a place called the Bay of Pigs. When the Brigade was defeated by the Cuban army many senior politicians and intelligence officers assumed that Kennedy would immediately follow up with a full beachhead using overt US military force, but he did not. He cancelled the invasion and paid Castro millions of dollars of economic aid in exchange for the release of the prisoners. This made the President many bitter enemies in his own administration as well as the Cuban exile community in the USA. The following year a new crisis connected to Cuba kicked up. This time spy planes spotted Soviet nuclear-tipped missiles being stationed in Cuba, the USSR’s only ally in the Americas. Kennedy then had to decide whether to attack the missile sites and risk nuclear war with the Soviets or try to negotiate his way out of the situation and hope the missiles would not be launched in the meantime. He urgently called his opposite number in Moscow, Nikita Khrushchev, and immediately dispatched the US Navy to blockade Cuba and prevent any more illicit Soviet shipping landing on the island. For thirteen days the world held its breath. Then Khrushchev “blinked”, as he said, and the Soviets struck a deal that involved the Cuban missiles being removed in exchange for some American missiles being taken out of Turkey. In June 1963 he became one of the most popular foreign state visitors Ireland had ever had and he addressed the Oireachtas Eireann, Ireland’s parliament, something no other foreign leader had ever done. He was granted an honourary degree from the University of Dublin and the freedom of the city. Like many Irish Americans he had a feeling of dual patriotism with his ancestral homeland, but this infuriated the Ulster Loyalist leader Revd. Ian Paisley. Despite his prickly relationship with Khrushchev, Kennedy managed to organize a pact with the USSR to limit nuclear weapons proliferation, the earliest of these measures that increased later in the Cold War. He attempted to break the power of the Federal Reserve banks by instituting a state currency of “greenback” dollars. Following the triumph of the Soviet space programme he announced NASA’s intention to land a man on the moon in his first State of the Union Address. He also was suspecting of hatching plans to pull out of the escalating Vietnam War, reform the CIA and reorganize all the US intelligence services into different outfits. The President himself led a high-power lifestyle and was a notorious philanderer, having numerous affairs with other women, including the superstar actress Marilyn Monroe. All in all, the Kennedy years were a time of revolutionary change, but also fear and doubt; but they were never boring! They were extremely turbulent and dynamic, and they released enormous historical energies. One of those energies was his own death.
Doctors at the ParklandMemorialHospital admitted Kennedy and tried to save him, but watching the Zapruder Film one doesn’t need to be a doctor to see that this was a token act. The news reports were aired on radio and TV soon afterwards announcing that President John F Kennedy was dead, for example see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OC-Y8Pm8RDU; everybody remembers where they were when they heard this news. In the aftermath of the shooting the police tore into DealeyPlaza in huge numbers, questioning the witnesses and making numerous arrests. Several police officers were reported to have chased a man carrying a gun from the grassy knoll area of the Plaza, over some railway tracks, but this was later denied. In the hours that followed more details of the assault emerged. The Texas Governor John Connally, who had been sitting in the front seat of the car, had also been struck by the first bullet to hit the President; he was hit in the arm and a bullet was found near an exit wound on his hand, although this bullet was surprisingly undamaged. The driver of the car, Agent Bill Greer (any relation to Dr Steven?), was unharmed. On scene police searches included the school book depository on the corner of DealeyPlaza where the manager reported that one of his employees was missing, a young man called Lee Harvey Oswald. A few minutes later it was announced that a policeman, Officer JD Tippit, had been shot and killed by a man answering Oswald's description. The police followed the leads and at 1.40 PM they entered a cinema nearby and arrested Oswald. He attempted to flee and even drew a pistol, but the cops overpowered and disarmed him. At the same time police in the depository found a Mannlicher Carcano M19/38 snipers’ rifle lying by the corner window of the sixth floor; it was confirmed that the gun belonged to Oswald. The next day he was formally charged with the murder of John F Kennedy. Today the school book depository is a museum and the space beside the sixth floor window is known as the “Sniper’s Nest” and thousands of tourists come and visit the museum every year.

That’s the basic story of what happened; it’s the one in the history books. It was established by the Warren Commission, an organization founded by JFK’s successor and former vice-President, Lyndon B Johnson, to investigate the Kennedy Assassination. It was chaired by Chief Justice Earl Warren and delivered its report on the 24th of September 1964. These eleven months of study concluded that the assassination of the President was the brainchild of Lee Harvey Oswald and not one single other person was involved. Oswald killed the President by shooting him with his rifle from the school book depository window where the weapon was found; his motive was purely personal. No conspiracy, case closed, nothing more to worry about. Yet the majority of the American public did not believe them, and to this day, fifty years later, they still do not, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/usa-conspiracy-theory-poll.html. I agree with that majority, in fact I think the Warren Report has more holes than even the official story of 9/11. The criticism of it is complex and covers almost every aspect of the crime. The following is just a summary and the entire comprehensive critique of Warrenwould fill a good sized book.
1. The suspect:The first and only initial suspect in the Kennedy Assassination was Lee Harvey Oswald, a twenty-four year old man from New Orleans, Louisiana who was one of the employees of the Dallas school book depository. (Another man was eventually charged, but I'll come to that later) Oswald was described as a fiery and unstable kind of person who had trouble with his reading and writing, and was occasionally violent to his parents and other family members. At the age of fifteen he vocally announced that he was a communist and began filling his bookshelf with volumes by Lenin, Trotsky and other Marxist writers. Yet despite this he was permitted to join the US Marine Corps in 1956; this is extremely odd. He was a youth of McCarthy's America in which a person could be accused of "unAmerican" activities if your sister's best friend's uncle's milkman was a communist. In fact in those days one of the lines of the oath new US Marines take is: "I swear that I have never been a member of the Communist Party of the United States of America". During his service he was often in trouble, fighting with other Marines, including senior officers, and discharging his weapon without authorization. He also continued to speak openly about his pro-communist beliefs. Yet despite this he was not medically or dishonourably discharged and completed an enlistment of almost four years. He then travelled to the Soviet Union, originally as a tourist, but later on he approached the authorities and announced his intention to defect. He walked into the US Embassy, handed over his passport and became a citizen of the Socialist Motherland. He married a girl called Marina and settled down, learning fluent Russian quickly. However after a year or two of first hand experience in Russia, he changed his mind. It wasn't the workers' paradise his books had led him to believe and he went back to the US Embassy and requested permission to return home to the USA and bring Marina with him. His request was granted. It is strange that neither the Soviet nor American authorities appeared to be terribly suspicious of him. His lifestyle has all the hallmarks of a spy or double agent, for either side! Indeed he was permitted to buy guns by mail order, including the Mannlicher Carcano rifle. In May of 1963, just seven months before Kennedy's visit to Dallas, Oswald was seen handing out flyers for the "Fair Play for Cuba Committee", an organization which supported Castro's governance of Cuba and opposed American intervention. What's more, and not many JFK researchers mention this, he'd already attempted to shoot somebody else, a man called Edwin Walker. All in all, Oswald was the perfect candidate for a traitor, foreign agent, dangerous dissident and enemy of the state; yet nobody thought to keep an eye on him during President Kennedy's visit to Dallas, when the presidential motorcade passed right past the front door of Oswald's workplace. The obvious line of enquiry for the Warren Commission would be to refer to the trial of Lee Harvey Oswald and interview him in jail but they couldn't... you see, Oswald himself was murdered two days later while in police custody.
2. Killing of the suspect: The arrest of Lee Harvey Oswald and all the evidence the police had gathered against him should surely have led to the biggest trial in American history, however two days later when Oswald was being led out of the police station in Dallas to the jail where he was to be held on remand, a man ran forward out of the crowd, drew a revolver and shot him in the abdomen. Oswald died the following day in hospital, ironically it was the Parklands where Kennedy had also been treated. The assailant was Jacob Leon Rubenstein, usually known as Jack Ruby, a local nightclub manager. His motive for killing Oswald is very nebulous. At his trial he muttered words to the effect of: "I wanted the city of Dallas to redeem its good name", "I wanted to spare Mrs Kennedy the trauma of having to attend a trial", and "That man killed my President!" The strange thing is that Ruby seemed to have carried out the attack spontaneously. There were no signs of premeditation at all; he may have had a gun on him, but of course lots of Americans do that all the time. He drove to the police station entrance just to watch, like hundreds of other people had, including TV reporters. He had his dog on the back seat of his car, as if he was on his way to take him for a walk. Also just before leaving for the police station he had taken a phone call from one of the staff at his club who asked him to send her wages to her by telegram cheque; Ruby did so at his local post office. Ruby is known to have been a psychiatric patient and was taking a drug to treat anxiety. Maybe he was also involved in a very different kind of psychiatric treatment. His behaviour is what we would expect from a "Manchurian Candidate" who had been triggered. Interestingly the movie The Manchurian Candidate, which is about a mind-controlled undercover assassin, was due to be released in November 1963, but this was postponed until a few months later. The murder was broadcast on live TV, see (Warning- disturbing image): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0xU7Lhd7Wwo. Oswald had already spoken publicly to the press, declaring that he was innocent of all charges and that he was a "patsy", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oqNWsR87WCY. But now, Oswald would talk no more, and Ruby wouldn't either for much longer; he died of a pulmonary embolism in prison in 1967. He was originally on Death Row and only got his sentence reduced to life in jail on appeal.
3. Witness testimony struck: The Warren Commission is suspiciously inconsistent in the witness testimony. Many witnesses in DealeyPlaza that day heard the popping or cracking sounds of gunshots, but a large number mention hearing them coming from the grassy knoll area, on the opposite side of the Plaza to the school book depository. These witnesses include some of the police who ran over to the fence by the car park to investigate and persons were reported running away. Some people saw gunsmoke and smelled gunpowder coming from that area, and also the railway bridge above the far end of the Plaza. Other people were certain they heard rapid-fire shots of an automatic weapon, very different from the old-fashioned manual bolt-action rifle Oswald was supposed to have used, which the best marksman could only have fired once every couple of seconds. The Commission seemed to be cherry-picking only testimony that supported their conclusion, that all the shots came from Oswald in the book depository. Some witnesses also relate that they were intimidated and bullied by FBI agents into changing their testimony so that it fitted with the "right story".

4. Firearms forensics:The Warren Commission published a forensic report based on the ballistics study and the forensics of the gunshots fired in DealeyPlaza. These included three bullets found at the scene on the ground as well as three cartridge cases lying near Oswald's abandoned rifle on the sixth floor of the school book depository. The first bullet passed wide of the car; the second struck the President in the back, and the third was the fatal decapitation shot. On first perception this might seem to make sense because this fits with some of what we see in the Zapruder Film, however there's reason to believe that the Zapruder Film was also tampered with, but I'm getting ahead of myself. The film was taken by Abraham Zapruder, who was standing on top of a bollard with his camera trained on the President's car. We see the car drive towards the camera, momentarily it is blocked by a road sign and the mysterious "Umbrella Man", and as it emerges we see the president jerk forward and raise his arms defensively; this was his reaction to the impact of the second bullet which entered just below his nape, grazed his spine and emerged from his upper chest to strike Governor Connally in the arm. The third bullet was the decapitation shot that struck the back of his head square on creating the massive exit blast on his forehead. However this verdict is questionable for several reasons, firstly the number of shots reported by many witnesses which is far more than three. Warren says all the bullets recovered all match ballistics analysis of Oswald's rifle, however the bullets were standard lead ball; this gave them limited penetration depth, but wide explosive force, as the Zapruder Film shows. When such a bullet strikes a target it becomes dented and flattened; when it strikes two targets, in this case Kennedy and then Connally, it often breaks apart completely into fragments. What should have emerged from Governor Connally's arm was some misshapen pieces of lead shrapnel. Instead we see the bullet above, whole and undamaged. This has become known as the "Pristine Bullet". Was it planted at the scene afterwards by somebody who wished to fake the evidence? Other firearms experts have questioned the official report based on the fatal decapitation shot as it appears on the Zapruder film. This is a gruesome subject to talk about, but it is essential for understanding this question. Watch this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FIY3nIa50ck. A human head is similar in consistency to many of the objects destroyed by gunshots in that film. Believers in the Warren Report, those who have become known as "single bullet theorists", will point to the wound on Kennedy's forehead and say that it is an exit wound. The bullet from Oswald's rifle struck him on the back of the head creating just a small entry hole and the force of it disintegrated the front of his skull as it travelled through his brain. In the film above we can certainly see exit holes being at least as big as entry holes. However what concerns many sceptics of Warren is not the nature of the injury, but the movement of Kennedy's head. It reels from the impact, but it doesn't move forward; it is thrown backwards and to the left. We don't see that in the demonstration film. In fact on theoretical grounds we shouldn't expect this because of the simple laws of physics. Not complex LHC stuff, but Newtonian Mechanics, of the kind a physics student will be taught in his very first class. Newton's Laws talk about force and inertia. In the case of John F Kennedy, his head was hit by an object which exerted tremendous force on his head, yet that force was in a particular direction, a velocity. His head was a lot bigger and heavier than the bullet so because of its inertia, the unwillingness all matter has for changing its state of motion, it will move far slower than the bullet which imparted the force on it, however it has to move in the same direction. So if Kennedy's head was thrown backwards and to the left, the bullet can only have come from the opposite direction, from the front and to the right. In this direction lies not the school book depository, but the grassy knoll; where, if you'll recall, many witnesses heard gunfire coming from. Even the second bullet has been called into question in recent years. The angle of its path is too steep for it to have come from the sixth floor of the depository. The only place tall enough for it to have come from was the DallasCountyBuilding on Houston Street, more behind the car and further away.
5. Zapruder film edited:The silent, colour motion picture shot by Abraham Zapruder on his amateur movie camera is the most important piece of evidence in the investigation. It came to the media's attention after it was used as an exhibit for the Warren Commission, but was only declassified by DA Jim Garrison, which I'll come to in a moment. It's historical significance has outweighed its graphic content and the film has entered the public domain; however calls have gone out many times claiming that the published film is different from the original, for example see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dvLW3IBHHvA.


6. Backyard photo of Oswald: Another significant piece of the visual record is a photo of Lee Harvey Oswald standing in his back garden posing with the snipers' rifle that he killed Kennedy with. This photo ended up on the cover of Lifemagazine (I'll be saying more about Life later). However you may notice there's something not quite right about the lighting. Analysis has shown the shadows of different elements of the photo don't match. Investigators into the faking of the moon landings have noticed similar things about that, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/i-went-to-godamn-moon.html. The photo was supposedly taken by Oswald's wife Marina, but it looks like it is in fact some kind of composite, a fake photo in other words.
7. Missing documents:After the Warren Report was published sceptics of it, which were large in number already, began sifting through it to see if it stood up to scrutiny, a bit like David Ray Griffin has done in more recent years with the 9/11 Commission Report, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UmuYgP7-RfU. Their experience was remarkably similar to Griffin's; they tried to locate the same paperwork that Warren had quoted as sources and something strange happened. They were either stonewalled by the offices which kept those documents or given contradictory information. They were sometimes told that the documents were classified or that they had been lost. They were occasionally provided with papers so heavily redacted that they were useless. One investigator asked to see the pathology reports that the Warren Reportsited. Two post-mortems were performed on the President's body, one by the Dallas Coroner's Office and another by the US Navy at BethesdaHospital in Maryland. Warren used these path reports for a major part of its assessment of how Kennedy died yet the two reports contradict each other; the contemporary conspiracy researcher Chris Spivy explains in more detail here: http://www.chrisspivey.co.uk/jfk-the-case-for-conspiracy-photos-of-jfks-wounds/. There are several photoes that have "leaked out" from those reports and they're reproduced on this somewhat ghoulish website, see: http://www.celebritymorgue.com/jfk/jfk-autopsy.html. We can clearly see the recognizable features of John F Kennedy, yet one only has to watch the Zapruder Film from frame 313 to see that what that photo should have shown was a head reduced to something that no longer resembled what it had once been. So the original source documents were either missing, contradictory, classified or muddled to the point of confusion; yet this was the data that the Warren Commission supposedly used for its report.
8. Prouty's Law:Colonel Leroy Fletcher Prouty was Kennedy's Head of Special Operations for the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the governing body of the US military. After his President's murder Prouty made some public statements which were rather cryptic, but were no doubt a hint that he suspected a conspiracy to kill Kennedy. The most famous of these statements has become known as "Prouty's Law"; it states: assassinations do not happen, they are allowed to happen. The active role is played by those responsible for the security of the victim withdrawing their protection at a crucial time. which allows the assassin an opportunity to prosecute his target. In any investigation, don't look at the killer, look at those who were running security and failed their charge. Prouty's Law applies very clearly to the death of Diana when we see how the Princess and Dodi al Fayed were left alone in a car with just two bodyguards in the middle of Paris. It also fits the JFK assassination like a glove. This can be seen in the Zapruder film and also some of the still photoes taken in DealeyPlaza that day. The Presidential bodyguards in the USA are called the US Secret Service. The President's motorcade consisted of many vehicles. We see a car just behind Kennedy's with so many Secret Service agents in it some of them have to stand on running boards attached to the sides of the vehicle; we also see police motorbikes, yet all these vehicles are at least twenty or thirty feet behind the president's car. There was only one Secret Service man in the car with the President, Agent William Greer, and he was the driver. Kennedy was also in an open-topped car, today it's a museum piece. It's rare that a US President travels around in an open-topped car, in fact they usually ride in a custom-built armoured limousine; compare the two photoes below of JFK's car and the incumbent Barack Obama's. All in all, the President was exposed and vulnerable; a secret order had gone through and the usual security measures were absent, any killer would have an excellent opportunity... if there coincidentally happened to be one around.
JFK's car

Obama's car

9. Was Greer one of the shooters? In this interview with the late, great Milton William Cooper, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l-NBVu8lN5I, suggests that a closer examination of the Zapruder Film shows that the driver, Agent William Greer, turns in his seat and fires a pistol at the President. Cooper also shows that Lee Harvey Oswald was in the crowd outside the book depository and not inside it. The problem with this theory is that Greer moves impossibly fast. He has less than a second to draw his weapon level it and fire; and then whip back round, conceal the gun and carry on driving. Although it is possible for somebody under MK Ultra mind control to move very quickly, can they really move that fast? Also the image is indistinct; there is what looks like a glint of sunlight reflected off Greer's head not his hand holding a pistol. However this is an idea I can't rule out; it is possible Bill Cooper is right this time, like he was about many other things.
10. Why did Oswald wait?Another problem with the Warren Report's conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone assassin is that the shooting took place on DealeyPlaza; an irrelevant question you might think, until you learn a few facts about guns. Actually one of the factors that have helped generate healthy scepticism of Warrenin the United Statesis that so many of its citizens are firearms-trained. When a gun is fired at a target the bullet doesn't hit it instantly, it takes some time to travel there, depending on the distance to the target and how fast the bullet is moving; also whether the target is still or moving. If the target is moving laterally relative to the gun then the marksman has to "lead" it. This means the shooter must aim the weapon not at where the target is at the moment of firing, but at where the target will be when the bullet arrives. A bullet from a Mannlicher Carcano rifle travels very fast, at about a thousand feet per second as it leaves the muzzle, but Kennedy was in a moving car. He was eighty-eight yards away from the sixth floor of the book depository which means the bullet would take only about two tenths of a second to cover the distance in between, but in that time the target, Kennedy's head, would have moved over a foot. This means Oswald would have had to lead Kennedy's head by one foot. Any miscalculation of the lead and he'd have missed, any sudden changes of velocity of the car and he'd have missed; remember he only has a bolt action rifle and cannot blaze away like an automatic weapon could. However if you visit the Sniper's Nest at the AssassinationMuseum in Dallas you'll see that the sixth floor corner window opens out squarely onto Houston Street. It was up Houston Street that the motorcade came before turning left onto DealeyPlaza. At this time the target would have been driving directly towards the book depository and therefore it would have exhibited no lateral relative motion at all. All Oswald had to do was line up the sights, raise the crosshair slightly to take into account of the correct ballistic parabola for the distance, give or take an inch or two for any wind, and fire directly into the President's face. It would have been a comparatively easy shot. Why didn't he? Perhaps because there was more than one shooter and they were not in the book depository at all, they were arranged in a crossfire formation around DealeyPlaza.

I could go on and on for pages listing all the hundreds of pieces of suspicious anomalies connected to the Kennedy Assassination, but as I said I could fill a book. In fact several people have done just that, like Jim Marrs whose book about the Kennedy Assassination is called Crossfire; it inspired Oliver Stone to make the 1991 movie JFK, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fW15dp3R-6U. The film tells the true story of Jim Garrison, the District Attorney in New Orleanswho carried out the only ever independent investigation into the Kennedy Assassination which came to court. He charged and tried a local businessman called Clay Shaw with conspiracy to commit murder. He believed Shaw had been employed by the Central Intelligence Agency to kill the President. It was thanks to Garrison that the Zapruder Film became available to the general public. Garrison had it declassified under a subpoena; if he hadn't the film may well have remained secret to this day and we'd all be writing very different books and articles. Shaw was acquitted, but the repercussions of his trial can be felt down the decades.

So I think we can safely say now that the official story of the Kennedy Assassination, the one published by the Warren Commission, is wrong; in fact it's not just accidentally wrong, it's a whitewash, a cover-up, a lie! The next question therefore is why? Why was there a conspiracy inside the United Statesto kill their very own Head of State? Who wanted President John F Kennedy dead? This is best answered with an easier question: Who didn't want President John F Kennedy dead? There are so many people with a cast iron motive to kill JFK that, again, it's beyond the scope of this article to explore them all thoroughly. He had thousands of sworn enemies all around the world and right beside him.
1. The CIA:The Central Intelligence Agency had fallen out with Kennedy for several reasons, including ones I'll be discussing below. But the President was so angry that if he had been reelected the following year he may well have disbanded the entire organization; in his own words: "break it into a million pieces and scatter it to the winds!" Three men were found in DealeyPlaza by the police who were dressed as tramps; they were later positively identified as CIA agents.
2. The Military Industrial Complex: Just before Kennedy took his Presidential oath his predecessor Dwight D Eisenhower made a closing address in which he warned the American people about the dangers of the "Military Industrial Complex", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CWiIYW_fBfY. Few people paid him any attention at the time, but his successor did. A lot of very powerful arms manufacturers had forecasted huge profits as the Bay of Pigsinvasion was planned and also as the storm clouds of war gathered over Vietnam. Kennedy threatened both those revenue streams; many men wanted the President out of the way for reasons of pure greed.
3. Fidel Castro:The leader of the Socialist Republic of Cuba had an obvious reason to despise Kennedy. JFK's administration was the one which has posed the biggest threat to the security and sovereignty of his island nation. Castro must have been terrified Kennedy would change his mind over Cuba and follow through with a new invasion and regime change. A new President might have taken a softer approach.
4. The anti-Castro Cubans:The large expatriate Cuban community in the United Statesfelt deeply betrayed by John F Kennedy. When Brigade 2506 had landed in the Bay of Pigsthe community believed that their day of vindication had arrived, the Castro regime would be ousted and they'd be able to return to their homeland. When Kennedy failed to act after the defeat of the Brigade their hopes were dashed and Castro remains the leader of Cuba to the present day.
5. The Mob:There is some validity to the claim that organized crime syndicates were involved in the assassination of John F Kennedy. Documents that came to light after the publication of the Warren Report prove that the CIA was in league with several Mafia families over Cuba. The Mafia had always had a major stake in Havana's famous casinoes, but when Castro took power he cleaned them up, so the Mafia and the US Government united against a common enemy. The Mafia also had a grudge against Kennedy for another two reasons, the President's brother, Robert Kennedy was Attorney General and had "declared war on the Mob", determined to shut down, arrest and imprison them wherever they lurked; many politicians, judges and police chiefs in Italy have died for uttering those words. The boys' father Joseph Kennedy also owed a lot of money to a Mafia godfather called Sam Giancana whom he worked with to illegally import liquor during the Prohibition era. He had repeatedly refused to pay up and together with Robert's anti-Mafia stance, it is perfectly possible that the Mob took out the President as punishment, with or without CIA collaboration.
6. The Federal Reserve:Kennedy made many enemies of bankers during his administration for his attempts to break the stranglehold they had on the country. As I said above, he wanted to create a nationalized currency. Ninety-eight years before another US President had tried to do the same thing and had shared with JFK the dubious honour of being murdered while in office, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/02/lincoln-assassination.html. Coincidence?
7. The Russians:The Soviet Union had plenty of reason to want Kennedy out of the way, not least in revenge for his propaganda victory of the Cuban Missile Crisis. The KGB had an international squad of trained killers who were perfectly capable of quietly taking out dissidents or defectors with plausible deniability, as they had in 1940 with Leon Trotsky. A former Romanian communist agent, Ion Mihai Pacepa, once told a journalist that the KGB did have a death list of ten Western leaders whom they planned to remove in one way or another and JFK's name was on it.
8. The Ulster Loyalists: As I said above, one of John F Kennedy's most successful ventures was his state visit to Ireland where he was adored by the Irish people and he loved them back, considering himself to be one of them in national identity, as most Irish Americans do. The main Protestant political agitator at that time in Northern Ireland was the Revd. Ian Paisley (he's still pretty noisy today). Paisley was convinced that a conspiracy of Irish Catholics was plotting the genocide of his people and was terrified at the prospect of one of them occupying the Oval Office. He began circulating hysterical rumours that Kennedy planned to send a carrier battle group to bombard Belfast and kill the Ulster Protestants. The Anglo-Irish conflict has always been one played out in parallel in the United States. It is from America that the IRA organized a lot of their operations and the Ulster Loyalist Protestants had a community in the United States too, the Scotch-Irish, as they are called there. Notable Scotch-Irish Americans include Senator John McCain, Gen. George Patton and Elvis Presley.
9. Supporters of Marilyn Monroe: Shortly before her death the actress and sex symbol Marilyn Monroe had had an affair with President Kennedy, and later with his brother Robert. It's possible that these liaisons resulted in a murder conspiracy. Perhaps centred around her ex-husband Joe di Maggio, former baseball star and Mafia boss, brining in the Mob once more.
10. The Ku Klux Klan: Kennedy support for the black civil rights movement made him a bete noire for all the white supremacists in the United States. He was the first President to forcibly override the Segregation laws of many southern states. The Klan has shown itself capable of murder many times before, why not with Kennedy?
11. Lyndon B Johnson: LBJ had been vice-President to John F Kennedy. He was a much older man from a far more humble background. He may well have resented being ordered around by a posh young upstart like JFK and thought it only just that he becomes President instead.
12. The UFO conspiracy:This more bizarre theory is actually one of the most likely in my view. It is explored in detail in Richard Dolan's book UFO's and the National Security State as well as his many interviews and lectures, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5CGG5gjsUNY. Dolan reports that soon after his inauguration Kennedy asked for information about UFO's and the "Breakaway Civilization" agreed to initiate the President into the secret. A summit was set up at Tyndall Air Force Base in Florida and he was shown fragments of UFO wreckage and alien bodies from the Roswell Incident. At this meeting he was told about the Truth Embargo and the need for total secrecy. Apparently he disliked the cover-up intensely and took steps to initiate unilateral UFO Disclosure with a capital D. This eventually got him listed for disposal. What's more he may well have told Marilyn Monroe about the UFO secret during their affair because shortly before her death she announced she was going to host a press conference that would reveal something which would "shock the world!" Was it the truth about UFO's? Possibly. Marilyn had two contacts who professed an interest and knowledge about UFO's. One was a fellow actress, Dorothy Kilgallen and another was a man she had an affair with, Robert Slatzer; rumour has it they were briefly married. She is believed to have been part of a ring that also included the President at that time, who had learned about a Roswell-type UFO crash at Caldbeck in Cumbria, UK in 1954. On the 7th of April 1952Life Magazine ran a story about Marilyn in which she spoke about "interplanetary saucers", so perhaps her involvement with UFO's began before that with the President. Was she a mind-controlled sex slave like Cathy O'Brien, who had learned of the IUFO secret from her captors? In fact, did Kennedy really tell her or did she tell him? This could be why he demanded to know more, as Dolan reports. Another strange fact connecting the Kennedy Assassination with UFO's is that in DealeyPlaza that day was a highly enigmatic individual whose name turns up again and again regarding the UFO subject, Fred Crisman. He was the employer of Harold Dahl who saw the Maury Island UFO and counselled him after the incident. He is also reputed to be one of the "three tramps" at DealeyPlaza and was called as a witness at the aforementioned trial of Clay Shaw.

The moment President John F Kennedy died at 12.30 PMon the 22nd of November 1963 many people all over the world, especially those with Irish roots, heard a high-pitched piercing scream. This is said to be the keening of a banshee, a figure in Irish mythology who screams whenever something disastrous happens. It is particularly linked with the deaths of those descended from the Tuatha De Danaan, the legendary founding race of Ireland from which the lineage of kings came down from. As I said above, John F Kennedy's bloodline can be traced by to Brian Bornu MacKennedy, a High King of Ireland in the 10th Century. Did the banshee wail for the passing of a child of the Tuatha De Danaan? There are actually many other blatant occult elements to the death of President Kennedy. If the Illuminati were behind the killing then they would not have been satisfied with a mere random loss of life for somebody as important as JFK, especially if he was from a rival elite bloodline, it would have had to be a ritual sacrifice, and I think it was. Beheading has always been a very potent death and has been a favourite for the slaughter of a monarch since time immemorial. When King Charles I was executed in 1649 after the English Civil War there were any number of ways he could have been killed. Hanging was the most popular form of death, however his prosecutors chose to behead him. A century later the last aristocrats of France lost their heads to Madame Guillotine. These executions were always public, raucous and bloody. In the modern West many political leaders have been assassinated and it's very often a hidden bomb, or poison in their food, but President John F Kennedy was graced with a truly archaic and traditional royal death. Axes and guillotines are no longer used, instead bullets suffice. DealeyPlaza is a peculiar place; it's the site of Dallas' oldest Masonic temple and the ground opposite the school book depository has ornaments relating to the Freemasons, like an obelisk. Its street plan resembles an Illuminati pyramid with the capstone detached. On Kennedy's grave in ArlingtonNationalCemetery you'll see a gas flame burning, the Eternal Flame. The lighted torch or flame is a common Illuminati symbol. It's their way of saying: "We did it, we're telling you and you're too stupid to see it, ha ha!" The day Kennedy died he was not alone. Two other famous men also passed away, two British writers who created great works of science fiction and fantasy. Their literature was laced with hidden messages and esoteric and gnostic symbolism. Both men were deep spiritual thinkers; they were Aldous Huxley and CS Lewis, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/everyone-knows-what-happened-on.html. The BBC is currently holding a big celebration at the moment which is because today is also the fiftieth anniversary of something else. The death of Kennedy happened at 6.30 PM Greenwich Mean Time so British people were settling down in front of the TV to eat their dinner when the news came on. They may have been so shocked that they didn't concentrate on the pilot episode of a new and unusual science fiction series. William Hartnell starred in it as an eccentric extraterrestrial who travelled round in a higher dimensional transport shaped like a blue police box; he had no name and was known simply as "the Doctor", see: http://www.doctorwho.tv/.   

The assassination of President John F Kennedy was the first and biggest of three. Just five years later JFK's friend and leading black rights activist, Martin Luther King, was shot dead too. The attack took place on April the 5th 1968at a motel. From the first moment many people doubted the official story and suspected a conspiracy, possibly with Government involvement. The alleged killer, James Earl Ray, won a retrial shortly before his death in 1998. King's family were so sure Ray was not the killer that they paid their respects at his funeral. Amazingly this spate of high-level assassinations was not over yet. On the 5th of June that same year at the Democratic Party National Convention in Los Angeles, California, the most popular Presidential candidate was murdered. He was none other than Robert Kennedy, John F's brother. Bobby was running for President just like his brother had and if he had not been killed, he would probably have been elected. During his busy campaign speeches at various meetings at the Convention venue, the Ambassador Hotel, he was advised to take an unplanned... supposedly... short cut through the hotel's kitchen. At some point he was shot dead. The official story states that a young Palestinian called Sirhan Sirhan shot him, but Sirhan denies this. His legal team claim that the story was fabricated and the evidence planted. Sirhan claims to have no memory of carrying out the attack. Today he is still serving a life sentence at the California State Prison. Again, for the third time, an assassination was dismissed as the personal work of "just another lone nutter".

When things returned to normal with Johnson as President, the politics of the United States changed dramatically, especially in terms of foreign affairs and military intervention abroad. It's interesting to speculate what would have happened if Kennedy had lived, as does this New Statesman article, see: http://www.newstatesman.com/2013/08/what-if-kennedy-had-lived. Firstly he would almost certainly have won the 1964 Presidential Election and his second term would have lasted right through until early 1969. Generally, the hawkish foreign policy course the United States took for the remainder of the 1960's would not have happened or been eased considerably. We would have seen the Vietnam War left to its own devices without any American involvement which would have made it far shorter and infinitely less destructive. We wouldn't have vast areas of the rainforest poisoned by Agent Orange, millions dead and, back home, a lost generation of veterans and wounded casualties. Kennedy would probably have arranged further strategic arms limitation talks with the Soviets, something which didn't take place in the real world until the 1980's. This would have made Planet Earth a far safer place and, without all that internecine fear, could even have acted as a catalyst to initiate the post-communist changes that eventually swept Russia, but two full decades before Mikhail Gorbachev's presidency. We might have seen the Cold War over by 1970. Exploring these entertaining "what if" historical scenarioes even further, if Lyndon B Johnson had become President in 1961 then Cuba would probably be a radioactive cesspit today, if not the entire world; Kennedy's vice-President and successor reversed almost all of JFK's attempts to find peace and restrict war. Am I saying that John F Kennedy saved the world? Maybe. A drama has been produced about the Cuban Missile Crisis, Thirteen Days; and it's available free online, so the HPANWO-reader can make his or her own mind up, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tho5ZYLiuoc. But what if the differences Kennedy would have made went even further than that, into more outlandish areas unknown in current politics? What if he went ahead with UFO Disclosure? What if he admitted that a real manned moon landing was impossible?... From that point I can no longer speculate. You might think that I'm about to say that I'm a JFK fan. Not at all, I'm not for a moment claiming that John F Kennedy is an agent to free the world of the New World Order; he is not David Icke! In fact there's no way he'd have been allowed within a hundred miles of the White House if he had been. I'm not entirely sure what his true feelings and motivations were. However, there's no doubt he exhibited many qualities and attributes that are conspicuously absent from most, if not all, of his predecessors and successors. He seemed to have had at least a modicum of compassion, character and sense of duty. He definitely had a lot of courage; very few political leaders indeed have the balls to resist the influence of their "advisers". Kennedy must have realized that his life was in danger the moment he became aware of how the real political game is played; what happened to him that day in Dallas was something he probably expected. Does this mean Kennedy's appointment as President was a mistake made by "The Men in Grey Suits"? Probably, and almost certainly in retrospect. John F Kennedy is somebody I think I could have had a very interesting conversation with. He was a maverick, a revolutionary and probably America's last ever popular leader. His legacy is enormous and is still felt in the United Statesand around the globe today. However, it could have been so much greater had his term in office not been so brutally truncated. Was he a good guy? Was he a bad guy? I expect he was neither, in fact he did some bad things as well as good. At the end of the day he was human; and perhaps it is that which makes us warm to him so much more than any other US President, before or since. Whatever process used to beat the humanity out of other Presidents didn't work on him. He seems to have been somebody you either loved or you hated. Black Americans loved him with good reason; he was the first President to ever take their plight seriously. As I've said before, I'm opposed to political correctness, affirmative action, forced integration and similar ideas; they area product of cultural Marxism and are dangerous. However there's no doubt at all that black people in the USA, especially in many southern states, were subjected to immense cruelty and injustice, and that needed to be stopped. I'm not surprised black America cried when he was shot. I don't think Kennedy was ideologically opposed to the New World Order; he was just an employee who didn't do as he was told. In this way he's similar to Vladimir Putin today. Some people in the Truth movement are calling Putin a "white knight" and a saviour of humanity against the Illuminati. He is not. I know he refused an IMF loan for Russia and has taken a progressive line at other times, but I think he is just a wayward individualist and a Russian nationalist, not an anti-New World Order activist. John F Kennedy simply wanted to take the world a different way than the one decided upon by his lords and masters, so did his brother Bobby. This is why they took Bobby out too. To continue this "what if? historical game, it's very likely that Robert Kennedy would have become President after John, resulting in a White House dynasty greater even than the Bushes. This means we wouldn't have had Richard Nixon as President, and no Henry Kissinger holding his reins. The genocidal onslaught of bombing across Southeast Asiawould not have happened and there would have been no burglary at the Watergate Hotel. The world in the intervening years, and up to the present day, would have been different beyond belief had it not been for three bullets... or however many were really used. So there is reason to be sad about the Kennedy Assassination. Sad partly because of JFK himself, the closest any US President has ever come to being somebody I could actually like. The JFK researcher Anthony Summers puts it very well when he explains what it felt like to alive in the Kennedy era. It was at the start of the optimistic and hopeful 60's counterculture generation, flower power, LSD, The Beatles etc. John F Kennedy was a young, handsome, approachable and down-to-earth man who seemed to symbolize that mood of change, that hope; and when he was killed, it felt like all that hope died with him, see: http://www.anthonysummers.com/. A political journalist during the bedlam of the late 60's described the day Kennedy was murdered as "the day everything started to go wrong." Skeptics claim that conspiracy theorists like me think that nothing happens in politics by accident; this is not true. Some things that happen in politics are indeed accidents, but not all. The changes that came over the world after the 22nd of November 1963 were definitely not an accident. That is sad, sadder than any man's death. However the biggest tragic aspect to the Kennedy Assassination is that it's still unsolved. I wonder if any of those early researchers into JFK's death thought that by the year 2013 we still would not know the answer. That the Powers-That-Be were truly capable of keeping a secret like this for half an entire century? If they had known, would they have despaired? I hope not. Those of us lucky enough not to have had to wait that long now need to take action. The Kennedy Assassination wasn't just the killing of one man, it was the metaphorical killing of us all. The killing of our sovereignty, our dignity and all regard for our humanity. It was a brutal, brazen and contemptuous act of oppression that is seldom matched in history. It unequivocally reveals what the rulers of this world truly think of us. It's been fifty years that we, the people, have allowed them to gloat over their conquest of our world, our bodies, our hearts and our minds. It's been fifty years too long.



Messiah

$
0
0
Apologies for not having written a HPANWO main site article for so long, over a year now in fact. The reason for this is I didn't have time while writing my new novel, see: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2016/08/roswell-rising-is-here.html. The concept of the messiah is one of these universal ideas which appear in different forms across the human world. It is so widespread it is virtually an endemic archetype. The best known and most literal manifestation of the messiah is found in Judaism. The word messiahcomes from the Hebrew and means "the anointed one". It refers to a person of royal lineage, ie: descended from King David and King Solomon, who has the holiness and power to unite the tribes of Israel and bring about a new age of universal peace, love and prosperity. This age will only come about after a period of extreme hardship and spiralling destruction known as the eschaton, which will end with the crowning of the messiah as the king of the Jews. The future paradise is described in captivating detail in the Book of Isaiah: "They shall beat their swords into plowshares and their spears into pruning hooks; no nation will raise arms against another nation and they will no longer study warfare." (Isaiah 2:4) "The lion shall lie down with the lamb, the wolf shall lie down with the goat, the calf and the fox and the yearling together; and a little child will lead them. The cow will feed with the bear, their young will lie down together, and the lion will eat straw like the cow. The infant will play near the hole of the cobra, and the young child put his hand into the viper's nest. They will neither harm nor destroy on my entire holy mountain, for the earth will be as full of the knowledge of the Lord as the waters covering the sea."(Isaiah 11:6-9). Some Jewish traditions date the arrival of the Messianic Age as 6000 years after Creation; that's 2240 in the Gregorian calendar, still over two hundred years to wait. However the Christian vision of the eschaton is more nebulous; it is described in the disturbing abstract imagery of the Book of Revelations, the final chapter of the New Testament. However, there's a catch; we are not told when the Messianic Age will begin. It could happen tomorrow, or in ten thousand years' time. "But about that day or hour no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father."(Mark 13:32) The Christian idea of the messiah is developed from the Jewish one, but is different in several ways. Jesus Christ is a messianic king of sorts; in fact Christ means "anointed" in Greek; however he is more than a worldly king, he is the Son of God. Christians differ from Jews because they believe that the prophesies of the Old Testament were fulfilled in the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ. Jews are still waiting for their messiah to this day when Christians believe he arrived two thousand years ago and the Jews failed to accept him for who he was. The result of this is one of the most dynamic concepts in theology, the Second Coming. This belief in universal among Christians and is included at the end of the Nicene Creed: "He will come again in glory to judge the living and the dead, and his kingdom will have no end. ... We look for the resurrection of the dead, and the life of the world to come." The return of Jesus will by synchronous with a time known as the rapture, which is similar to the Jewish eschaton. Despite what Jesus says in Mark's Gospel, many people believe they have correctly predicted the rapture, very often from studying the Bible in intricate detail, even to the point where the text is broken down and scanned for secret codes. This practice has been going on since the very dawn of Christianity and barely a decade has passed since then which does not contain a date predicted by some new prophet or other as the day of Armageddon. The most recent example was the American evangelist Harold Camping who assured us that the rapture would begin on the 21st of May 2011. I don't doubt some other preacher will very soon foresee another day in the near future. The obsession with the rapture is most common in the United States of America, but can be found all over the Christian world. The popular structure of the "end times" is inspired by the Book of Revelations and has heavily influenced American culture; I'll be saying more about that below. Islam also has a rich messianic mythology that is even more complex than the Christian one. The Holy Quran cites Jesus as the penultimate prophet before Mohammed, the final and greatest Muslim prophet. They call Jesus Isa-ibn-Maryamand he will also play a crucial role in the end times. Muslims believe in the Second Coming but only after the arrival of the Mahdi, the final imam and redeemer of Islam. The Mahdi and Jesus, in his second incarnation, will have to battle the antichrist, known as Masiah ad-Dajjal, literally the "false messiah". When the Day of Judgement comes and the dead rise from their graves, according to the Abu Dawad Hadith: "Jesus will fight for the cause of Islam. He will break the cross, kill the swine, and put an end to war. God will perish all religions except Islam. Jesus will destroy the antichrist, who will live on the earth for forty days and then he will die. The Muslims will pray behind him." What a nasty shock that will be for Pastor Terry Jones.

The messiah meme has spread way beyond the three Abrahamic religions. In their own way, most other faiths have the concept of a saviour who will act as a revolutionary force that will demolish an old epoch and usher in a new one. Krishna is said to be the son of Vishnu in the Hindu tradition who appears as a worldwide avatar at the end of the Kaliyuga, the present era, and battles the dark forces until the great upheaval has brought about the dawning of a new and happier world. People of the entire world, whatever their faith, will look to Krishna as their lord and saviour. The Buddha is destined to return after he first achieved enlightenment in the 5th century BC. His new incarnation is known as Maitreya. However Buddhists, along with Hindus, don't believe in a single eternity, only the endless turning over of cycles of ages. Therefore in every kalpa, the largest cycle which includes all the medium sized and smaller ages, there are said to be a thousand Buddhas. That sounds like an abundance, however a kalpa is at least 4.32 billion years long. So if the last Buddha came along as Prince Gautama in 500 BC and if their occurrence is regular, we have over four million years to wait for Maitreya. It could be worse; there are extended kalpaperiod times at over 1.28 trillion years... you do the maths. There are some faiths that believe the messiah is alive today, or was recently. The Rastafarians believe Emperor Haile Selassie I is the messiah and call him Jah Rastefarai, "God's Haile"; however this is a label the emperor himself denied before he died in 1975. What's more the Rastaferai religion is most popular in the Caribbeanrather than in Selassie's native Ethiopia. Another common theme that lies alongside the messiah is its antithesis, a force that appears at the same time as the messiah and works in opposition to it, hoping to derail the dawn of the Messianic Age and instead build an incarnate hell. This antithesis is best known as the antichrist, "the beast.""Let the one with understanding reckon the meaning of the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man. His number is 666." (Revelations 13:15–18) As with the calculations for the date of the Apocalypse, many people have striven hard to identify the individual who is the son of Satan based on that little three digit number.

Is there any evidence that the messiah or antichrist is really walking amongst us? There is according to a Scotsman with a strange name, Benjamin Creme. He travels the world giving lectures about how he believes that the messiah has already been born and lives today. Although he calls the anointed one "Maitreya" Creme asserts that he speaks for the whole world and all religions, not just Buddhism. Creme is a Theosophist and this is the terminology they use. From 1945 Creme says he began to receive telepathic messages from God announcing the arrival on earth of Maitreya. He describes a secret meeting in 1959 in which he was given more details. He met with some mysterious people in a parked car in London, summoned by a phone call to a lane near TowerBridge where the people inside told him Maitreya would be travelling to Londonsoon from where he was born in the Himalayas. In 1982 Creme held a press conference in which he said Maitreya had flown to Londonfrom Nepal in 1977 and was living in the city with the Asian community on and around Brick Lane in Tower Hamlets. He was living there incognito, which must have been difficult because he was said to be seven feet tall. I remember seeing Creme's appearance on TV as a small child and being worried. Was I worthy? Creme stated that Maitreya would be going public within the next few months and making his own TV appearances. The programme featured a woman who claimed to have seen Maitreya at a lecture. Nothing happened, but that did not deter Benjamin Creme. He carried on promoting the message that Maitreya was coming, sometimes taking out full-page adverts in major newspapers. This he continues to do today at the age of ninety-three. Amazingly, he has never made any money from his activities and sells his book royalty-free, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RvjkH7e-Lu8. Apparently Maitreya is making the occasional public speech at various places around the world. The best known of these is the most interesting because it includes possible photographic evidence. Mary Sinaida Akatsa is a woman from Kenyawho runs an outdoor spiritual retreat at the town of Kawangware, a suburb of the capital, Nairobi. Her congregations can number over a thousand people. During one of her ceremonies on the 11th of June 1988she suddenly announced that God had given her a message and that there was going to be a miracle. An unusually bright star materialized overhead, one that could be seen even in the daylight. Then the tall figure of a man appeared from nowhere. He was dressed in a white robe and was barefooted. He smiled benevolently and his bearded face radiated love, joy and peace. Many of the onlookers who were sick found themselves instantly healed. He turned to the crowd and said in perfect Swahili: "We are nearing the time for the reign of heaven. But before that I shall come back and bring a bucketful of blessings for all of you." He then turned to Mary Akatsa and told her: "You are doing an important job for God. Keep preaching and don't let anybody stop you." Then the mysterious man left the meeting and asked for a lift to the bus station. One of the people there agreed and showed him to his car, no doubt feeling skeptical at this request. Why would the son of God need a ride in a car? But when the driver dropped the strange man off, he didn't get on a bus; he simply vanished into thin air. As luck, or providence, would have it, one of the witnesses was a reporter for the Kenya Times newspaper, and he had a camera and began taking snapshots of the scene. These are the only known photographs of any alleged messiah, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C4vHv3zys6E. Here's Benjamin Creme's website: http://www.share-international.org/.

The concept of the messiah, the antichrist and the eschaton has been the inspiration for many films and literary works. The Omen is a trilogy of horror movies running from 1976 until 1981 that charts the life of the antichrist, born as a boy called Damien with the number 666 as a birthmark on his scalp. The story ends as an adaptation of the final tribulation in the Book of Revelations with the ultimate conflict between the Second Coming of Jesus and the son of Satan. The adult Damien is close to how I would imagine the antichrist to be; smooth, cold, suave and very high in conventional status. The kind of person we're all supposed to admire and envy. There are a number of other similar dramas. Predictably these include the very American Left Behind series of books and films that are thin and weak and loaded with very Bible Belt superficiality on an epic scale. There are others. Probably the best is The Second Coming written by the Doctor Who producer Russell T Davies. This two part TV movie is an extremely vivid and credible vision of what might well happen if the real Second Coming did occur. The messiah in this case is not a simple carpenter from Galilee, but a similarly simple video rental store worker from Manchester, Stephen Baxter, played by the Ninth Doctor, Christopher Eccleston. Davies and his team came very close to creating a brilliant fantasy drama here, but it is spoilt because the reveal is so theologically and philosophically shallow. It's as if Davies, at the very moment of his literary triumph, just put down his pen and let the management committee of the British Humanist Association write the denouement. Davies is an outspoken atheo-skeptic and humanist, and he totally failed to murder his darlings. The end of the film is an unforgivably preachy and simplistic anticlimax. Judith's final speech is the author talking, not the character. Nevertheless it is still worth watching for its gems; just skip the last twenty minutes, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rEO_iZJyEZw. There are other more subtle references to messianic themes in some other films. The Lord of the Rings, based on the book by JRR Tolkien, is all about the destruction of the world's evil which is compacted into a tiny Pandora-like package, the One Ring of Sauron. When it is destroyed in MountDoomby the Hobbits, the "Fourth Age" dawns on Middle Earth and the King is crowned etc. Another piece of fiction I want to discuss in detail is one of the less well-known films by M Night Shyamalan, the director of The Sixth Sense and Unbreakable. The Lady in the Water was a box office flop and received trashing comments from the critics, but it is highly underrated in my opinion. In the story an aetheric naiad, a water nymph, emerges from a swimming pool in order to contact a writer who lives in a home nearby, played by the director in a supporting role, to inform him that the political textbook he is working on will powerfully influence a young man. This young man will grow up to become President of the United States and bring a change for the better to the world. The naiad says: "A boy in the Midwest of this land will grow up in a home where your book will be on the shelf and spoken of often. He will grow up with these ideas in his head. He will grow into a great orator. He will speak and his words will be heard throughout this land and throughout the world. This boy will become leader of this country and begin a movement of great change. He will speak of you and your words. Your book will be the seeds of many of his great thoughts. It will be the seeds of change."There's not much difference in meaning between that and Revelations' description of the New Jerusalem. The only difference is that the saviours are not God, but a writer, a nymph and a boy. The end titles of the movie are scored by a cover of Bob Dylan's Times They are a-Changing. This is a fascinating film because its concept involves the traditional spiritual messianic message, but it also includes a bridge to the secular aspect of the messiah which I will examine next.

You don't have to believe in God, or water nymphs, or even technologically advanced extraterrestrials like the Aetherius Society and Raelians do, to have messianic thoughts. The archetype can affect the most hardened atheo-skeptiko-materialist. The textbook example is Marxism. The economic and political philosophy of Karl Marx states that the driving force of human society is class struggle and since the working class carry out the means of production, they can seize possession of it and run it themselves via a "dictatorship of the proletariat". Therefore Marx urges the workers of the world to "unite". This slogan is even carved on his gravestone, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2016/08/my-trip-to-highgate-cemetery.html. The foundational document of Marxism, The Communist Manifesto that Marx wrote with Friedrich Engels in 1848, is one of the most influential books ever published and it states things like: "Society will take all forces of production and means of commerce, as well as the exchange, and manage them in accordance with a plan based on the availability of resources and the needs of the whole society. In this way, most important of all, the evil consequences which are now associated with the conduct of big industry will be abolished. There will be no more crises. Instead of generating misery, overproduction will reach beyond the elementary requirements of society to assure the satisfaction of the needs of all. In this way, such an abundance of goods will be able to satisfy the needs of all its members. The division of society into different, mutually hostile classes will then become unnecessary and intolerable. Just as the peasants and manufacturing workers of the last century changed their whole way of life and became quite different people when they were drawn into big industry; in the same way, communal control over production by society as a whole, and the resulting new development, will both require an entirely different kind of human material. People will no longer be, as they are today, subordinated to a single branch of production. Industry controlled by society as a whole, and operated according to a plan, presupposes well-rounded human beings, their faculties developed in balanced fashion, able to see the system of production in its entirety. The form of the division of labour which makes one a peasant, another a cobbler, a third a factory worker, a fourth a stock-market operator, has already been undermined by machinery and will completely disappear. Education will enable young people quickly to familiarize themselves with the whole system of production and to pass from one branch of production to another in response to the needs of society or their own inclinations."How different is that really to the words of the prophet Isaiah, the Abu Dawad Hadithor Benjamin Creme? It is simply a secular embodiment of the same worldview, and those who read it will develop the same longings as the pilgrim in the temple. I myself was sympathetic to Marxism in my late teens when I started out in hospital portering. It is the ultimate expression of the drive towards a worldly messianic age. There's even an incarnate antichrist in the form of "reactionaries", people who want to stop the revolution and maintain capitalism. The right wing of politics has its own equivalents. Extreme fascist movements have objectives that are as revolutionary and quixotic as those of Marx. More moderate conservative tendencies can also become deeply idealistic and visionary. Both left and right wing politics can regard history as purposive, and leading up to an appointed end. On the other side of that end lies an eternal universal utopia. There is even a book entitled The End of History. That name could easily suit a communist textbook, but it is in fact written by a Japanese-American neoconservative called Francis Fukuyama. After the fall of the Berlin Wall and the end of the Cold War, Fukuyamadecided that the spreading of liberal capitalism and democratic states represented the final act of human social evolution. The Western lifestyle would eventually inherit the entire world and then a stable global equilibrium would be achieved that could last indefinitely. In this sense Fukuyamasounds astonishingly similar to Karl Marx. His ideas, as well as others like Irving Kristol and Leo Strauss, have been very influential, especially in the United States, and they were the philosophical motive (at least for the uninitiated) for the War on Terror. This could explain why many neoconservatives are former leftists. Christopher Hitchens is a prime example. He began as a Marxist but ended up a fellow traveller of the neocon-ridden Bush administration. His conversion process was a long one; but it was surprisingly smooth, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lpIY5_o1O5E. The main difference with non-religious ideas is the absence of a God, but sometimes secular messiahs take a far less abstract form. You only have to look at the old films of a crowd listening to speeches by Adolf Hitler or Josef Stalin to see how similar a role these mortal individuals play to the divine saviour of the religions. During the Soviet era, Russians sung adoring songs about Lenin that were very similar to hymns. As I said, the messiah instinct is present in us all; and if we deny the existence of the literal divine, it will manifest in other ways.

This inevitably leads to the need for introspection; in what form does my own messianic feeling take shape? I am a conspiracy theorist, a UFOlogist and a paranormal enthusiast. I have no religion, but I accept spiritual reality. I am not a member of any definitive political movement, but I take a keen interest in politics from the conspiracy/UFO/paranormal perspective. Reading my own words, I can see myself talk about the need to stop the New World Order; and once we've done that a new era can begin without the burden of the Illuminati and their agenda to build an Orwellian global state. I also yearn for UFO Disclosure, the declassification of free energy and the destruction of state secrecy and oppression. This HPANWO TV video in particular illustrates my own vision for the equivalent of the Apocalypse and establishment of the Kingdom of God, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2015/02/energy-politics-and-ufos-2015.html. Some people in the conspiratorial movement are keen on astrology and talk about the "dawning of the Age of Aquarius" and of course we all remember the 2012 phenomenon, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/2012-mayan-calendar-day-is-here.html. The main difference is that I don't think anybody in the Truth movement personally represents the messiah... although there are a few people I could name who regard themselves as such. The same goes for the antichrist (No, it's not Prof. Brian Cox). I don't dismiss the possibility that the imagery of the end times could be an actual allegory of real activities by the Illuminati. This worrying thought is addressed in Christopher Everard's very disturbing documentary Illuminati II- the Antichrist Conspiracy. The film claims that the rocket scientist and occultist Jack Parsons conceived a golem child with the actress Margery Cameron in 1945 and the baby was placed in a lead canister beside the Trinity test, the first ever nuclear explosion. The child lived and was female... Personally I think it was Hillary Clinton, see: https://www.amazon.co.uk/ILLUMINATI-Vol-2-Antichrist-Conspiracy-Oppenheimer/dp/B004XRRBC6. Whatever the answer, what I find most interesting about the concept of the messiah, in all its forms, is that it is a symptom of a universal part of human existence. People the world over seem to experience a regret, an uneasiness, a dissatisfaction with their life and the world they live in. This might be a distant race memory, or an upwelling of the Jungian collective unconscious, but it is there; as Morpheus said, "like a splinter in your mind". If this disquiet is justified, which surely it is; then what does it mean? I think it means we all have the intuitive sense that the world is not meant to be the way it is. The destruction and injustice we see all around us and are pummelled with every day is neither natural nor inevitable. Some of us can learn to live with it. We even force ourselves to shrug and say: "Well, that's just the way the world is, mate"; but even if we do, we never lose that niggling feeling that this is still the wrong path. The messiah is a personification of that sorrow. I don't believe in literal sons of God; except in the fact that, in a way, we are all sons and daughters of God. Along with the messiah, many cultures also have legends about the "fall of man"; that we humans once lived in a higher state of civilization than we do today and something went wrong; there was a disaster and we descended into barbarism. Eventually we developed a deformed and defective version of what we had previously created. Whether it's the snake in the garden, or Noah and the flood, the destruction of Atlantis or Pandora opening her box, all these tales have the same basic theme. The ancient mysteries researcher Maria Wheatley believes she may have even found archaeological evidence for this, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2016/09/programme-203-podcast-maria-wheatley.html. Perhaps I have identified the cause of this universal human sadness, the one that makes us fantasize about figures of love and justice who come along, sweep away our antagonists and change things for the better. Like in the powerful poem by CS Lewis which he includes in his classic children or young adult's novel The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe: "Wrongs will be right, when Aslan comes in sight. At the sound of his roar, sorrows will be no more. When he bares his teeth, winter meets its death. And when he shakes his mane, we shall have spring again." It's also expressed beautifully in the classic Christmas song by Johnny Mathis When a Child is Born, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NZ6hJNGZ8vg. If this is true, that we humans have fallen from grace, or whatever terminology you want to put on it, then can we rise again back to grace? I hope so. I sometimes believe so, especially when I hear David Icke and many others talking about a "great awakening", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XGbdN_Z43UY. Until we do awaken and return to our previous high state of being, we will never be happy. We will continue to create fables about messiahs of all kinds, to console us, because these fables are embodiments of our own eternal aspirations. One thing is for sure, as long as those aspirations exist, the hope of a new Eden will always be there; and they definitely will always exist because they are an essential part of what makes humans what we are.


We the Living by Ayn Rand

$
0
0
A HPANWO book review.
Ayn Rand wrote three full-length novels during her life and I've read them in reverse order to when she wrote them. I started with Atlas Shrugged, see: https://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2012/02/atlas-shrugged-by-ayn-rand.html, then The Fountainhead, see: https://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2013/03/the-fountainhead-by-ayn-rand_29.html; and now I've finished with her debut novel We the Living. The book hit the shelves in the USAin 1936 after Ayn Rand struggled for three years to find a publisher. At the time she was a penniless Russian immigrant living with her American relatives and, despite her phenomenal intelligence, she had yet to master the English language. The book is fictional and not an autobiography, but it is set in the world she lived in when she was about the same age, in her late teens, as the book's pivotal protagonist, Kira Argounova. Kira is named after a character in a story Randloved, a man called Cyrus who was a heroic English adventurer and explorer in Africa, a person similar to H. Rider Haggard's Allan Quartermain. Kira is spirited, ambitious, individualist and solitary. She is a brilliant science student at college and longs to be an engineer. Unlike the characters in Rand's other books, such as Howard Roark and Hank Reardon, her professional interest is not explored in detail. There is only one scene about it in which Kira is staring in fascination at a building site. The problem is that Kira is living in a society that despises her qualities. Her home is the city of St Petersburg in 1922, in those days called Petrograd. The Russian Civil War has just ended and the country is devastated. Her father used to run a textile mill, but it has been appropriated and nationalized by the emergent Soviet Union. The same thing happened to the author's father, except with her father it was his chemists shop. Her family have to move into a house with several other families. Luckily Kira's aunt lives nearby with her family. The family is split over politics with Kira's two cousins taking opposite views when it comes to socialism. Their father, her uncle, used to be a furrier and he is a staunch anti-Soviet "white". This leads to the family falling apart, especially when one cousin is sent to a prison camp in Siberia and her husband is sent to a separate one. Their parting is an incredibly poignant scene. The other cousin, the pro-socialist one, refuses to try and overturn the decision to incarcerate them separately. Things are little better for Kira's side of the family. Like almost everybody else in Petrograd, they are extremely poor. There is very little to eat and the staple diet is sunflower seeds, so much so that the shells fill the gutters of the street. All their heat comes from a small mass-produced firebox known as a "bourgeousie" and the only cooking appliance is a portable gas stove called a "perigas". The electricity supply is intermittent and most people don't have it. They also eat millet and linseed oil. Luxury items like makeup and nice clothes are almost unheard of and are coveted fiercely on the rare occasions they are smuggled into Russia. Kira's aunt dies of tuberculosis. Rand describes the cold winter days and nights in the city in great detail. The pavements are covered by wooden blocks. Homeless people freezing, prostitutes on every corner, open fires at every crossroads to try and keep people warm. Things go from bad to worse when Kira ends up in a terrible love-triangle. She meets a handsome young fugitive called Leo and they fall in love. They are both treated very badly by the socialist government because of their pre-revolutionary upper-class backgrounds. Not being "noble proletarians" they are expelled from college. Kira ends up working as a tour guide. Leo is stuck down by tuberculosis and Kira, desperate to get him treatment, manipulates a man called Andrei, an admirer of hers from college, to pay for the treatment. Andrei loves her and she pretends to love him so she can siphon off money to Leo's doctor. However when Leo has recovered, he comes home from hospital a changed man, miserable and nihilistic. He joins a gang of criminals running a smuggling and black market business. When Andrei finds out what has happened he commits suicide. He is buried with pomp and ceremony as a Soviet hero, but it's all a sham with mourners just going through the motions. Only Kira truly grieves for him. After the funeral she then is confronted by Leo announcing that he is leaving her to live with one of the members of his gang, a deceitful and greedy old woman, who interestingly is also a theosophist, a follower of Helena Blavatsky. He knows he means nothing to her and will be just a kept gigolo, but he doesn't care because he is so full of depression and self-loathing. Kira then tries to break out of Russia, but is shot by a border guard. She does not die straight away and carries on walking and then crawling through the snowy landscape at night until she succumbs to her injury. It's a very moving final scene.

We the living is very different to Ayn Rand's other two later novels. To begin with it is much shorter, probably less than a quarter of the length of Atlas Shrugged. It is also a tragedy, very dark and pessimistic, while the other two are triumphal and confident. This must come from Rand's own experience as a Russian exile, her memories of her family's suffering and her passionate opposition to collectivism. On the other hand, Kira's fate could be interpreted as a hymn to the human spirit. She died because she could not bear to live a false and zombified life in a society that hated who she truly was. Her family all ended up surrendering and complying; Kira refused. This explains the title; who really is dead and who is really alive? Her family may well have enjoyed physical existences far longer than Kira's, but these existences were devoid of their true selves, and so were not real lives. So maybe it was the other characters who were in fact killed and Kira who truly lived. Interestingly the book's Italian translation was promoted by Benito Mussolini and the first film adaptation was made in Italywithout rights, until somebody pointed out that the book is not just anti-socialist; it is also anti-fascist. After that it was banned and the film only survived on bootlegged reels. Rand herself adapted the story into a play. Like Rand's other books we see a very well-developed and intimately described array of the most hateful antagonists. Nobody can make bad guys like Ayn Rand. There are the Communist Party loyalists like the pompous and corrupt Pavel Syerov and his bombastic and obnoxious wife "Comrade Sonia" who was also a bully at Kira's college. There is Morosov, the weak and stupid gang-leader who flatters and bootlicks his feet under the tables of the Party elite to hawk them black market goods. Randspends a whole paragraph describing his ugly face with its weird shaped nostrils. We the Living is reminiscent of George Orwell in several ways. The difference between people's real lives, thoughts and feelings and those they are supposed to have as dictated by the Soviet state. We see this especially at Andrei's funeral. Some aspects remind me of Animal Farm, particularly the descriptions of the Communist Party leaders. They are decadent, self-indulgent, hedonistic and wasteful. The ruling classes are surprisingly similar in their behaviour and outlook regardless of whether the state is socialist or capitalist. The difference is that the socialists are hypocrites because the preach compassion and equality. At one point Kira asks Andrei outright: "Where do they get all the opera tickets, that champagne and caviar?" This is when the average Russian in the street is feeling their family with sunflower seeds. Russiais a nation of extremes, as much today as it was when We the Living was set. Now, almost a century after the fictional characters of the book suffered and died, Russiais entering an era of great opportunity and has grown into a powerful force for good in the world. This can be seen in the Ringing Cedars of Russia books, see: https://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2009/11/alternative-view-3-part-3.htmland the way President Putin has resisted the dictate of his globalist lords and masters, for example see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2015/08/russia-disclose-ufos-or-we-will.html. During both the early and late decades of the twentieth century, there were two major attempts to harness the world's biggest country to the agenda of the DeepState and both failed. It began with the murder of Grigori Rasputin and the Bolshevik Revolution, see the background links below, and ended with the fall of the USSRand the attempt to turn Russiainto a cardboard cut-out Illuminati-occupied Western social democratic republic. Russia would have been in the European Union by now if things had gone to plan. Today the Russian bear is refusing to be tamed and this has resulted in a massive backlash, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2018/03/institutional-russophobia.html. Ayn Rand did not live to see most of this process take place and indeed, she never truly understood the forces that were manipulating her country of origin. However We the Living is an interesting and heartrending insight into the painful shadows of her early life.

The Robbinsic 12 Document

$
0
0
Somebody on Facebook has sent me a strange piece of text that he claims was written by the UFOlogist Peter Robbins. It was in a Word file and my contact says he cut-and-pasted it from a post Peter made on Facebook a few months ago. I have no way of verifying this because I cannot see any of Peter's social media contribution at the moment. It lies behind the expanding event horizon of my block list, forever invisible to me like light rays within a black hole. How Peter Robbins ended up on that list is explained here: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2017/07/the-larry-warren-controversy-part-17.html. I've checked his website and the article is not there so it must be something Peter only published to his social media followers. This makes it authentic in appearance, but impossible to prove as real. It is therefore similar to the mysterious Majestic Twelve documents. However, the literary style reminds me of Peter's, not least its significant length and verbosity. Reader's Digest, do not give this man an editing job! I am going to proceed on the assumption that the original document was in fact written by Peter Robbins. If I am incorrect perhaps somebody outside his doghouse could let me know. I have reproduced the entire text at the bottom of this post; but in the content below I will dissect it for the relevant points, as I did with his "War and Peace" article, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2017/06/the-larry-warren-controversy-part-16.html. As with the aforementioned screed, the majority of the "Robbinsic 12" document is not worth responding too, or indeed cannot be responded to. Most of it is just a fanfare of feelz that consists of unpleasant rhetoric, digressions and statements about the author's subjective position. A lot of it also refers to matters I've already discussed; see the background links below. I will omit those points as well. However, a minority of it does demand a response from me because the article is primarily about me and it makes comments about my character. What you are about to read, by both Peter and myself, you will probably find controversial; but I am doing my best to be fair and honest. I first heard about this at the New Year, but deliberately avoided mentioning it before my trip to Denmarkin case the trolls tried to sabotage it. While eschewing direct personal confrontation like the plague, see: https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2018/02/confronting-droike.html, trolls have no such reservations when it comes to calling in internet air strikes against venues, organizers, local authorities and delegates, for example see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2018/02/ben-emlyn-jones-at-rendlesham-forest.html. (As it happens my Denmarktour went wonderfully, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2019/02/ben-emlyn-jones-at-ufo-denmark.html.) The text I extract from the article allegedly by Peter Robbins is in bold.
I'm going to keep this simple.
No you won't, and you don't.
On Saturday the 13th October I received a brief Facebook message from a friend in the UK. It read, "Someone sent me something that's been said about you. It's not nice and don't know if you should/would want to see it. I'd also say it was hugely anti-Semitic." I wrote back: "Whatever it says, my friend, yes; I'd like to see it. And if by chance you know who that someone is, I'd like to know that as well. With thanks, Peter". The statement was posted sometime the day before (Friday 12th October) and the message to me contained the name of my attacker, one Jay Deavin, along with his Facebook address. "No idea who he is," my friend continued, "I just see he's a friend of Ben's..."
Maybe it had something to do with what Emlyn-Jones had written about me, then posted on 12th of October: "The Peter Robbins Anti-Larry Warren Grand Radio Tour continues. His latest stop-off is The Fenton Files on KCOR."
If it was related to that then it was not because of me or anything I said. Don't you dare try to link any of my publications with that social media post, Peter. You might think you're safe from my lawyer because you have the Atlantic Ocean between us; well you're not!
I knew Ben had a history of taking down offending posts at the same speed his friend Larry Warren used to...
Example please? And I don't mean biased and groundless assertions from Sacha's blog. When you say "history" you're suggesting this is something I do regularly. I say it is something I have never done. If I remove posts at all at all then it is not to cover up anything I've previously said. All my past errors are set in stone.
...so I was not surprised when I clicked one after another of the five URLs he provided at the end of his post ("See here for background") only to read "Sorry, the page you were looking for in this blog does not exist."
That's odd because all the background links are working fine when I tried them. This is the post Peter means and readers can test this for themselves, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2018/10/peter-robbins-on-fenton-files.html.
He chides me for being on an "Anti-Larry Warren Grand Radio Tour." I do have very strong objections to the making of any documentary film that gives voice to a proven liar with the legendary track record of complete and total bullshit achieved by my former co-author and always will.
The film has not even been released yet; why is everybody reviewing it? Actually Capel Green is the same as your radio shows, Peter. It's free speech. Yes, I do chide you for your current actions on media platforms, but I don't object to you being on them and would not try to stop you.
The reason I've never contacted any police department/constabulary regarding Warren's criminal enterprises is that I've learned from more experienced colleagues in the UK who have done just that, and in some cases, repeatedly, that law enforcement agencies there have not been willing to investigate him, thus far anyway.
I've made this point many times before, but I'm going to have to repeat it here again. The real reason the police are not investigating Larry Warren is because they've worked out that the accusations against him are nonsense. Think it over, Peter. What are these accusations: threats of murder and assault, fraud, theft, deception involving antiques? This "more experienced colleague" is Sacha Christie, isn't it? If one word of what Sacha has alleged were true, Larry would have been in jail long ago.
"A loyal cadre" is a fair characterization, and in no way is it "extremely dishonest or underhanded."
Yes it is.
Emlyn-Jones is most certainly the group's dedicated media-man and chief chronicler.
Now that is definitely true. You paid me an unintentional compliment there, Peter.
Ben says that he thinks I am wrong, but I invite him to answer the questions I posed to Warren in June 2017, questions he has steadfastly refused to answer...
No, I have not refused at all. My entire Larry Warren research project is an answer. See the background links below... Don't worry, I will make sure that they work.
...and that both Heseltine and Megaro have also gone silent on when posed to them in correspondence.
How are we supposed to correspond with people who behave the way the trolls do?
Team Warren's definition of the word "troll" is anyone who has ever disagreed with, questioned or contradicted, or worse, had had the nerve to call into question any of Warren's claims or allegations, or worse, embarrass him with actual evidence of his lies, errors or exaggerations.
Absolutely not. I am willing to discuss this matter at any time with any person who conducts themselves in a civil manner; indeed I have done several times. My definition of the world "troll" is very specific. It means a person who acts in an antisocial manner online for any reason whatsoever.
...(spoiler alert) Warren passes a polygraph test. One thing I'm confident of regarding my former friend, if that if anyone could beat a polygraph it's him.
Why, Peter? Because you don't like him? Is that evidence? Maybe this is why you never made the same point about Travis Walton's polygraph tests. Indeed, you are happy to trumpet them from every rooftop as proof of Travis' honesty, correctly I might add. Modern polygraphs are very hard indeed, almost impossible, to fool, even with specialist training that Larry could never have had.
A good friend of mine attended September's UFO Truth Magazine Conference where an extended trailer (of Capel Green) was screened. He related to me a sequence where our protagonist (Larry Warren) is standing out in the field telling his story when his eyes tear up. Perhaps the pressure of knowing this is his final shot at finally seeing a payday is better served by the shedding of a few tears than more hyperbole.
Goodness me, Peter, you really are developing the most massive hate-on for Larry. You're becoming an obsessive. What you've said here is one of the silliest pieces of propaganda in your entire nine thousand word ramble. It's almost as bad as what you say about me... but I'm getting ahead of myself.
Listen to him in this radio interview to learn that "The first biggest thing I ever did was I was a PA (production assistant) for The Beach Boys in the Seventies." Warren was born in 1961, so even if this was the late seventies, he was a teenager working for them in California at the same time he was still living at home with his parents in New YorkState's HudsonValley. "I met John Lennon more (sic) three times in my life.." Funny that he never mentioned that to me for the first twenty-seven years or so that I knew him; and this from the most John Lennon obsessed person I've ever known.
Tino has produced a video where he interviews Larry about his relationship to the music industry: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2SLMYr9vI3I.
In a related matter, why did Emlyn-Jones choose to delete his HPANWO show 138?
I didn't. I transferred it to a new platform to make space in my Spreaker archives. Read the notice again, Peter; and read it more carefully this time: https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2015/05/programme-138-podcast-larry-warren.html. See here for the details: https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2018/01/spreaker-archives.html.
"...Apologies to anybody who saw those comments."
Apologies to anybody who saw those comments? How about an apology to me I wondered. I later learned that he did post an extremely brief onethough on a page I was unable to access.
Well, yes and no. I did write a brief apology to Peter, on HPANWO Voice actually, the link above, that he can easily access. Later on I regretted it and withdrew the apology. You'll see if you click now that I have edited the article. I decided that I do not owe him an apology because it was on my own social media account which he cannot access because he is blocked. Therefore he did not see the comments himself. Also I acted properly in response to those comments as soon as I saw them there, deleting and blocking as I explain in the relevant background link.
Call me suspicious, but something about this outpouring of support does not ring true.
I don't care what "rings" true or false to you, Peter. You alone are qualified to comment on that. All I care about is the facts; which is something you don't give a damn about, which we are about to see.
Wow. I guess I owed Ben an apology. It was now clear that the attack on me had been cleverly staged by "the Trolls" in order to embarrass him.
Ignoring the sarcasm, yes you do.
"Nobody said Ben attacked Peter AT ALL, NOT EVER!"... seeming fixation on having been accused of racism. No one as in no one accuses him of racism at any time. The word itself is never mentioned in any context in the attack on me or anywhere else... NOBODY accused him of racism.
I have no way of knowing that because I can't see the trolls' social media posts. I'm grasping in the dark here.
Please make no mistake. Ms Christie has very much earned the right to come down on Ben and Larry like ten tons of bricks.
You are not making a mistake, Peter; you are lying. You are always doing this, portraying Sacha as some kind of blameless twittering wallflower who wouldn't raise her voice to the vicar's wife. You know very well that this is not true and you don't care.
Some informed digging then led me to an introduction to a specialty researcher in the UK named Bob.
"Bob" is a member of Team Droike, the people who constantly abuse me online and were too gutless to meet up with me in person, see: https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2018/02/confronting-droike.html. Now we're getting into the real slander. The following is the most serious part of the article and the most despicable thing Peter says. However, he is in appropriate company. Look at what Droike has said about me and those close to me.
I can't see into Emlyn-Jones' mind, so I don't know if he hates Jewish people or not.
You don't have to look into my mind. I have spoken quite openly about the subject of Jewish people several times, for example: https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2017/06/jews.html.
Bob stated flatly that "Emlyn-Jones is friends with and shares platforms with Nick Kollerstrom"... Nick Kollerstrom, I quickly learned, is a respected figure in the UK/European Holocaust denier movement, and Ben Emlyn-Jones is close comrade-in-arms...All hail historical revisionism... Mr Holocaust denier.
Yes, I am a friend and comrade of Dr Nick Kollerstrom. I do not regard him as evil. Quite the opposite; I like and respect him deeply. I am proud to be associated with him. Nick has never said or done anything that would cause harm to anybody. On the contrary, he tries to prevent harm being done to people of all races, religions and cultures by exposing state violence in disguise as individual terrorism. He was a guest on HPANWO Radio just a few days ago, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2019/02/programme-313-podcast-nick-kollerstrom.html. Nick discusses a wide variety of topics, some of which he is wrong about. Despite this I have shared platforms with him and would do so again. Many other people in the UFO/paranormal/conspiracy theory community have interacted with Nick as well, such as Richard D Hall, Jim Fetzer, Mark Windows and Richie Allen. Are we all... what was it Peter called us?... "Players in the movement"? No, only those who disagree publicly with him about Larry Warren. This is why Peter has never repudiated John Ventre for his "Fuck black people!" rant. It took that so-called "traffic cop" and "misogynist" Gary Heseltine to take action against Ventre's disgusting behaviour.
Bob suggested I "do a search on his forum and see how any Jew or anyone suspected of being a Jew is subjected to Anti-Semitic abuse and then banned."
Totally false. Droike trolls were banned for their conduct, see: https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2018/02/confronting-droike.html. There are no examples of anti-Semitic abuse on the HPANWO Forum and indeed it is prohibited by the house rules, see: https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/hpanwoforum/forum-rules-t165.html.
Here's a sample of Ben Emlyn-Jones' obscene musings, this under his forum name "Hagbard Celine": "The gas chamber at Auschwitz is indeed a fake. Its supposedly cosmetic shower heads have real plumbing behind them and the doors and windows are just normal ones, not airtight as they'd have to be. There's no chemical traces of Zyklon B in the room..."
This has to be the most extreme example of offence archaeology the world has ever seen! It's not like these guys dug up a Tweet of myself in blackface I made while drunk last Halloween or something. These are words I allegedly stated in 2010. If I really am an EEEEEEEEEvil Nazi Jew-hating Holocaust denier can't they find anything more recent?
Bob also directed me to this link on the HPANWFO Forum, but by the time I did, it had been "rehabilitated."
That's an interesting position. Peter and "Bob" actually could not find the source of this Holocaust denying tirade I supposedly made nine years ago. Peter concludes therefore that I sanitized the thread because I knew it would be embarrassing for me in the future. This is what is known as a circular argument and it is a fallacy. They can't find any source. Why couldn't they find the source? Ben must have deleted it? How do they know Ben deleted it? Well, how else could they have failed to find it?... This is exactly the same as the "mystical levitating super-bed sheet" in the trial of Helen Duncan, see: https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2015/03/helen-duncan-wartime-psychic-jailed.html. Confession time: The truth of the matter is; I did make the statement Peter and Bob accuse me of making. I actually made it before 2010 on an earlier thread. The reason they can't find the source thread is because the HPANWO Forum host has removed it through the auto-prune system because it was so very old. At the time I said those words, I had come across several videos and other material by Holocaust revisionists, including Dr Nick Kollerstrom. I was convinced by some of it at the time. Now I find it far less credible that the Nazis somehow did not deliberately try to exterminate millions of Jews. They most certainly did this earlier on in their regime to disabled children, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2017/07/downs-syndrome-termination-agenda.html, so why not Jews? They regarded Jews the same way, as a debilitating force and a burden on society. I also came across more ripostes to the Holocaust revisionists that have made me reconsider. One thing I want to make abundantly clear: Nothing I have said above should be interpreted as an apology. I am notsorry that I examined this issue and I am notsorry that I continue to do so. It's about time the Holocaust was debated openly like all other historical events. I abhor the censors who destroy the lives of those who have dissenting opinions, forcing them out of their jobs and even into prison. Dr Nick Kollerstrom was one of those who were persecuted for their beliefs. I shall say that again: No, I do notapologize. I most especially decline to apologize to Peter Robbins.
...along with another target of his vitriol, Sacha Christie of LiverpoolEngland...
Please see the background links below where I address Sacha's claims about Larry. Unlike Peter, I provide all the source material necessary. Make up your own mind, readers; who is the more vitriolic of the two of us? Ask those who know me well; am I normally a vitriolic person? Who else has been the target of my supposed vitriol?

I think the real reason Peter Robbins is so angry with me is because of my reviews of his recent radio interviews where he lays hard into Larry Warren despite constantly pleading that he "just wants to move on!" What he would honestly like to do is speak with impunity about Larry in disparaging tones on the World Wide Web where billions of people could potentially listen to him. What he wants me to do is remain silent and not say a word about his deceit and wickedness. Well, what can I say, Peter? Request fucking denied! Every time you publicly smear and lie about my friend Larry, as well myself and my other friends, expect me to call you out on it. Believe me! I will be waiting by the loudspeaker! This is something you'll just have to get used to. You have chosen to ally yourself with the trolls because of a purely personal falling with Larry. Be honest, it had nothing to do with Rendlesham; it was just convenient that somebody else was against Larry over false RFI claims and so you united with them in hatred. You are no better than those who tried to hang the paedophile label on Miles Johnston, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2018/03/bases-open-lines-march-2018.html. Peter, you are lauding and celebrating people who have contributed absolutely nothing to the UFOlogy scene. Who do they attack? People who have; authors, journalists, magazine publishers, researchers, witnesses. The trolls have caused nothing but confusion and destruction. You have turned against me because I refused to join your petty little campaign of defamation and so you decide to lie about me too. Shame on you, Peter! Shame on you! And once again: shame on you! When I used to write for Neon Nettle along with Nick Pope (I told you, my dirty past is an open book.) I wrote an article describing Peter as "the nicest UFOlogist in the world", see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2014/03/peter-robbins-in-neon-nettle.html. Since then I've learned to be wary of people who appear "too nice". Very often that niceness is a haze of treacle intended to camouflage malevolent aspects of their personality. I don't know for sure if this is true about Peter Robbins, but it might well be. He is behaving as if it is.

Here is the original document sent to me that is allegedly written by Peter Robbins as a social media post unedited and not transcribed

Peter Robbins
Yesterday at 5:37 AM·
I’m going to keep this simple. I never had a reason to draw a parallel between my chosen field of research, that being UFO studies, and anti-Semitism, until last month that is when I was given cause to do just that. The paper that follows addresses this subject If you choose to read it you are welcome to respond, comment or otherwise express their thoughts about it. I hope those doing so will include colleagues in ufology, serious students of the subject, those who are new to it, old friends, newer friends and Facebook friends I have yet to meet. I ask only that you keep your comments and/or exchanges civil, at least as civil as I have in this paper, which at times may not actually be saying much for me. I will not be commenting on your posts, nor ‘liking’ nor ‘entering into dialogue’ with anyone on them. I say what I feel I have to hear and trust that will be alright with you. The fact is I need to turn my attention to a far more pressing situation in my life about which I’ll post briefly tomorrow or the next day. Thank you for your attention in this troubling matter, and how ironic that I completed this piece earlier today on what is the eightieth anniversary of Kristallnacht.
https://www.haaretz.com/…/.premium.MAGAZINE-on-80th-anniver…

A Case of Hate Speech in Ufology and a Brief Investigation Into Its Origin
By Peter Robbins

Last month, someone I do not know, had never heard of, and have no connection to that I’m aware of, came at me in a particularly ugly, hateful way on a blogsite in the UK. My response to their attack was fated to veer into investigation, the reasons for which will become apparent to readers. My apologies in advance to anyone venturing into this narrative who finds parts of it offensive. If so, I couldn’t agree with you more. The great majority of individuals who people this field of ufology are dedicated to the truth as they best perceive it, and ethical and principled in their research and investigations. I’m proud to count many of them among my good friends and esteemed colleagues and dedicate this paper to them, depressing as its subject matter may be.

I’m one of those who have dedicated a good part of their lives to the study of seemingly genuine anomalous UFO related phenomena. People like me are sometimes lauded for our views and findings and mocked or even attacked for them at other times. It comes with the territory. I’ve seen my fair share of both over the years, and long ago, developed the habit of rarely responding to attacks unless I felt it was fully warranted. My friend and mentor Budd Hopkins set that example for me. His well-founded observation was that, with respect to his self-appointed critics and detractors. the overwhelming majority of negative communications he received were rarely insightful or accurate. However, on those occasions when this remarkable investigative writer, author, speaker, and artist suffered an attack that demanded a response, he took the time necessary to fully address his attacker, and in hyper-specific terms, never in generalizations. There is no question that he resented every minute of the time it took away from the things he otherwise needed or wanted to do, but Budd never avoided the task, unpleasant as it might be. I felt and continue to feel the same way.

The investigators who’ve earned my greatest respect are those who manage to balance the historic and scientific data they’ve accumulated, along with the most credible (and hopefully) evidence-driven witness and experiencer testimony. Running along a parallel set of tracks is the ever-present desire to be taken seriously by the public at large. Let’s face it, while becoming more accepting of the reality of this phenomena each year, the general public still tends to regard an interest in UFOs as a sign of mental instability, mystical longing, cult involvement, being a trickster or conspiracy monger, a fame-driven loner, or, my personal favorite, someone who wants to ‘feel special.’ Even so, on rare occasions, an investigation can turn toxic. Some readers know that this was the case for me several years back when decades of committed research melted down around me when the alleged witness I had been working with was proven to have lied, exaggerated and embellished his alleged account in a book we had written together, then to have threatened numerous individuals, myself included, who had contributed to the exposing his deceptions.

The specific UFO event affected by this individual’s toxicity was England’s well-known Rendlesham Forest UFO incident of 1980, an otherwise highly significant and well-documented case, but one now heavily tagged with confusion, bad blood, and feuding factions. No question about it, thirty plus years ago, I had first come to believe Larry Warren’s account and agreed to coauthor a book about the events of December 1980 and his involvement in them. I came to regard him as a brother, if a troubled one, and a friend who had exhibited what I felt was great courage in coming forward to make the incident, and his alleged involvement in it, know to the public. That all ended more than two years ago when I finally began paying attention to the mounting number of independent investigators around the United Kingdom – literally all of who had previously respected and admired Warren as much as I had, who were now contacting me, imploring me to read what each of them had discovered, learned or confirmed regarding problems in his published account and well documented example after example of his many fabrications and forgeries, not the least of which involved some of his USAF paperwork.

Despite the negative the impact of all this professionally, I’ve been moved by the large number of colleagues and friends who ‘got’ what had happened and did not hold it against me. Others however went quiet or otherwise drifted off my personal and professional radar. A methodical round of apologies on my part followed over the next year, in person, on the air, via email, and social media, to many people in specific, and to the thousands of readers in general who I had helped to mislead in the service of my conman partner. I then removed my two follow-up books from publication, both of which also lent support to Warren’s account. Then, with a real mixture of sadness, objectivity and anger, I advised our publisher of what I had learned with a request that they conduct their own investigation into the allegations. They did, and their findings agreeing with my own, the publication of Left At East Gate was suspended indefinitely this past January.
All this was written up and posted on my website, peterrobbinsny.com, in June of last year. You can still find it there front-and-center. Not surprisingly, my doing so was met with an assortment of attacks, from my former coauthor, and from a few of his remaining supporters, almost all of which I chose to ignore. Since then I’ve picked up where I’d left off with several new independent research projects, work on completing a book for publication next year, finalizing a few new conference papers, some intensive drilling down on investigations I’d begun but never completed, and continuing to take part in radio programs and blog-casts when invited. I’m sorry if some readers see this missive as ‘negative’ or vindictive; a refusal to walk away from an argument based on opinions and not facts. Nothing could be further from the truth. With all this understood, what am I so up-in-arms about?

On Saturday 13 October I received a brief Facebook message from a friend in the UK. It read, “Someone sent me something that’s been said about you. It’s not nice and don’t know if you should/would want to see it. I’d also say it was hugely anti-Semitic.” I wrote back, “Whatever it says my friend, yes, I'd like to see it. And if by chance you know who that someone is, I'd like to know that as well. With thanks, Peter

The statement was posted sometime the day before (Friday 19 October) and the message to me contained the name of my attacker, one Jay Deavin, along with his Facebook address, https://www.facebook.com/jay.deavin. “No idea who he is,” my friend continued, “I just see he's a friend of Ben's...,” Ben being Ben Emlyn-Jones, an Oxford based podcaster I had met on two occasions at conferences in England. His HPANWO-VOICE.BLOGSPOT.COM was where the statement had appeared. I was also sent two separate screen grabs of the attack on me as it appeared on Ben’s page. I cannot include them in this Facebook post as they constitute such an ugly example of hate speech that doing so would get me suspended from my page for thirty days. This is not an exaggeration. Another friend in the UK did just that in an attempt to make this attack known to others, and as a result received a thirty-day suspension from one of her pages. I include that full statement as text only, and if any representative of Facebook comes upon it, I trust they will understand and appreciate the context and purpose of my doing so. I could only deduce that, using the function on Facebook, he had played with the arrangement of his words until he was pleased with their precise arrangement:

“Cannot stand this Jewish homosexual !....Deceiving sly little shithead ! Most think he’s a sweet mild mannered little old lady….nothing could be further from the truth.
Can’t stand this little Jew boy fag !....Deceiving sly little shithead ! (devil emoji)
Can’t stand this little Jew boy fag !....Deceiving sly little shithead !
Can’t stand this Jew boy fag !....Deceiving sly little shithead !
Cannot stand this Jewish homosexual !....Deceiving sly little shithead ! Most think he’s a sweet mild mannered little old lady….nothing could be further from the truth.”

End of statement. If that were not enough, someone had actually clicked their Facebook ‘like’ button in response and added this comment as well: “Jay Deavin ppl {people} don’t have a clue..” A clue as to what a deceiving sly little shithead Jew boy fag Jewish homosexual I was? Or a clue to the later, that I’m anything but a sweet mild mannered little old lady. Or perhaps both? The person who’d clicked ‘like’ and left the message was Sue McAllister, someone who’d been a friend of mine once, and a good friend at that. Sue also happened to be the ex-wife of Larry Warren.

What can I say? I sat there staring at the screen trying to process what I had read and not doing a very good job of it. Shock? Anger? Sure. And some other feelings as well. As the impact of this truly ugly string of words began to take hold in my head, my mind went into a kind of involuntary ‘switch-over’ to a state of extreme objectivity. I understood that it was a manifestation of shock, and knowing it would evaporate quickly enough, simply went with it. In an instant I was reading and rereading Jay Deavin’s words as though I were a calculator, my only job to add up the number of times the words and phrases “fag,” “little,” “sly,” “deceiving” “Jew boy,” “sweet mild mannered little old lady,” “Can’t stand this little Jew boy fag,” and “Cannot stand this Jewish homosexual” had been written out. Who talks like this? I asked myself. Maybe a Gestapo officer in a film set in 1940, but a real person? Jay Deavin did not seem to have a lot of range as a writer, and I guess that’s being kind. If he’d intended to truly hurt or humiliate me with his cutting, rapier-like prose, he’d fallen short of the mark. But he really had made me angry.

Yes, I’m Jewish and proud of the fact, even if I’m not what you’d call religious. I was called names a few times as a kid because I was a Jew, but was fortunate to grow up free of truly vicious antisemitic attacks. What Jay Deavin had written though was like getting slapped in the face. I knew it was nothing by truly murderous Jew-hating standards, but it was a shock and it hurt. However for true shock value, it didn’t hold a candle to the second part of the ‘communication.’ I knew I was a Jew of course, but imagine my surprise to learn that I was also a homosexual as well. All my life I’d been living under the delusion I was a heterosexual man; talk about your awkward moments. I was not exactly sure how to handle this. I was not only being accused of being a ‘fag,’ but the ultimate guy putdown was being leveled against me as well - the repeated used of the word “little” that that clever fellow Jay Deavin had sewn into the fabric of his text. I wondered how he imagined I’d react to this lethal suit of insults? Perhaps, Oh NO and Eeeek! How will I ever live this down? How can I ever show my face at another UFO conference without everyone there thinking that I am a GAY UFO investigative writer? What would my gay friends think of me when they learned I’d been living my entire life in the closet instead of being gay with them? The humiliation would obviously be too much for me to bear. My life as I knew it was over and I would now have little option other than to retreat from public life for good and ever. Poor POOR pitiful me! Now that was funny.

What was not funny, was while this prick had taken a shot at publicly hurting me in his pathetic, unimaginative way, he caused me to think about something I thought I already appreciated, and did, but not to the degree as I was now. That being that I really had no idea what it felt like to be attacked simply because you are sexually attracted to people who are the same sex you are. It’s something you take for granted in our culture if you’re a heterosexual. During the course of my entire life no one had ever made fun of me for that. No one had ever made fun of me for being attracted to a girl, or later, being attracted to a woman. But what if I had grown up as one of them instead of as I had? How would I have dealt with the homophobes of the world who got in my face? To always be ready to run, to stand my ground, or possibly to get hurt, or worse? It was not unlike being a Jew, in the wrong place, at the wrong time, or at the wrong moment in history. And it was all that simple, that ugly, and that awful. Naturally I already ‘knew’ all of this, but not quite so viscerally. This has nothing to do with the subject of UFOs of course. But it has everything to do with being a decent human being, if that’s something that matters to you.

A single question followed me out of my funk: who the FUCK was this Jay Deavin and what had gotten his undies into such a twist? Clicking on the link to his Facebook page, I was greeted by a photo of a smiling, beefy-faced, shaven-headed lad with bright little eyes who I guessed was in his early thirties. Obviously a good-natured sort of fellow, his Facebook photo shows him happily posing with a man in a headlock under his left arm, and a woman in a headlock under his right. Good fun! Deavin’s thumbs are up in the classic ‘winning’ gesture, and the couple in close contact with him are both smiling as well. I noted that we shared forty-one friends, but could find no hint of why he seemed to hate me. Maybe it had something to do with what Emlyn-Jones had written about me, then posted on12 October:
“The Peter Robbins Anti-Larry Warren Grand Radio Tour continues. His latest stop-off is The Fenton Files on KCOR. The relevant section is between 53.55 and 1.16.27: http://kcorradio.com/…/The-F…/2018/october/peter-robbins.mp3.

He repeats a lot of the same points he's made in previous interviews, for example: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/…/peter-robbins-on-adx-fi…. He talks in more detail about how he first met Larry Warren and the history behind their book Left At East Gate. He then claims he found out that Larry had lied to him "with evidence that you could bring into a court of law". However, as I said in my review of his appearance on previous radio programmes, he has never called the police or taken out a private suite against his former co-author. This is strange seeing that he accuses Larry of committing serious acts of criminal fraud. He then says that there is a "loyal cadre of individuals in the UK" who "look the other way". This includes me of course. This is an extremely dishonest and underhand thing indeed for Peter to say. I have produced a multitude of publicly available material in written, audio and video forms explaining exactly why I think Peter is wrong. Some of it is linked below; anybody can see it and critique it at any time. He then gives another precognitive review of Capel Green, an act that has become virtually a cliché, and he advises people who see the film to "come to your own best decisions". This is strange considering that it is obvious Peter is terrified of the thought of people doing that, just like NickPope, Col. Halt and all the trolls. It's pretty clear that Peter Robbins has made a decision to pursue his conflict with Larry Warren and escalate it, even though he originally said he wanted to put it behind him.”

I knew Ben had a history of taking down offending posts at the same speed his friend Larry Warren used to, so I was not surprised when I clicked one after another of the five URLs he provided at the end of his post (“See here for background”) only to read “Sorry, the page you were looking for in this blog does not exist.” He chides me for being on an “Anti-Larry Warren Grand Radio Tour.” I do have very strong objections to the making of any documentary film that gives voice to a proven liar with the legendary track record of complete and total bullshit achieved by my former coauthor and always will. It follows that Ben is again correct in observing that I found out Larry Warren had been lying to me, lies I maintained I could prove "..with evidence that you could bring into a court of law.” True. I, among others, have already offered up evidence into the public record to back this allegation, a sampling of which you will find in the previously noted statement posted on my website. And it’s true, as Emlyn-Jones asserts, that I‘ve never contacted the police or initiated a legal action against Warren, which to Ben “is strange seeing that he accuses Larry of committing serious acts of criminal fraud.” Back before this blogger became such a devoted acolyte of Warren’s, I appeared as a guest on his show several times at his request. He has been writing about me ever since, along with another target of his vitriol, Sacha Christie of LiverpoolEngland. You can read all about us in his ongoing blog, “The Larry Warren Controversy,” now in its twenty-ninth episode I believe.

The reason I’ve never contacted any police department/ constabulary regarding Warren’s criminal enterprises is that I’ve learned from more experienced colleagues in the UK who have done just that, and in some cases, repeatedly, that law enforcement agencies there have not been willing to investigate him, thus far anyway. This may change in the coming months with the publication of an evidence-rich cyber-book that will literally catalogue Warren’s countless contradictions, confabulations, lies, criminal activities and threats against the health, safety and in some cases, the lives of a surprisingly large number of people. Once published, this book will be available at no cost to anyone interested in reading it. Neither have I initiated any legal actions against Warren. Why bother? So that I can spend an initial several thousand pounds hiring a law firm 3,000 miles away to remain in a protracted state of struggle with this person and in the process rob my day-to-day life of even more vitality, enjoyment, and other positive aspects than I already have? Thanks, but no thanks.

Emlyn-Jones again: “He {Peter} then writes that there is a "loyal cadre of individuals in the UK" who "look the other way". This includes me of course. This is an extremely dishonest and underhand thing indeed for Peter to say. I have produced a multitude of publicly available material in written, audio and video forms explaining exactly why I think Peter is wrong. Some of it is linked below; anybody can see it and critique it at any time.”
‘A loyal cadre’ is a fair characterization, and in no way is it ‘extremely dishonest or underhanded.’ Gary Haseltine, the West Yorkshire-based ufologist and retired police detective having taken over my old job as Warren’s chief defender and promoter, is now also the cowriter of “Capel Green,” the documentary. Filmmaker Dion M. Johnson is in charge of production and constitutes the other half of the scriptwriting team, Emlyn-Jones is most certainly the group’s dedicated media-man and chief chronicler, with Tino Megaro, Larry’s good friend and close adviser rounding out the core team. Ben say that he thinks I am wrong, but I invite him to answer the questions I posed to Warren in June 2017, questions he has steadfastly refused to answer, and that both Haseltine and Megaro have also gone silent on when posed to them in correspondence.

“He {Peter} then gives another precognitive review of Capel Green, an act that has become virtually a cliché, and he advises people who see the film to "come to your own best decisions". This is strange considering that it is obvious Peter is terrified of the thought of people doing that, just like NickPope, Col. Halt and all the trolls.”

“Precognitive review?” Nice one. No. Just some thoughts on a film project being built around a bogus claim by a single individual. I can assure anyone concerned that I am not terrified, obviously or otherwise, of viewers coming to their own best decisions if they choose to see the completed production. Nor do I expect that the well-known writer Nick Pope or former RAF Bentwaters Deputy Base Commander Charles Halt are terrified of this either. Nor “the Trolls” for that matter. It should be noted that Team Warren’s definition of the word ‘troll’ is anyone who has ever disagreed with, questioned or contradicted, or worse, had had the nerve to call into question any of Warren’s claims or allegations, or worse, embarrass him with actual evidence of his lies, errors or exaggerations.

Here’s what it comes down to. The only reason that the name Capel Green, a farmer’s field in Suffolk East Anglia, ever came to public attention was because two men, myself and Larry Warren, insisted for years – in person, in print, in television and radio interviews, during conference presentations and informal talks, that the field had been the site of the single most dramatic event of the three-night-long incident - the appearance, as if out of ‘bubbles,’ of three nonhuman beings next to a craft of undetermined origin which Warren claims to have observed along with “forty-odd men” (page 45, Left At East Gate), yet thirty-eight years after the fact, not a single one of these other ‘witnesses’ has come forward to verify his account. More, Warrenassociate Gary Haseltime now maintains there were actually four nights of UFO related events, a ‘fact’ new to me and anyone else who has ever been involved in this investigation. You can hear him say so for yourself in this interview recorded earlier this year in Brazil: https://www.youtube.com/watch…

Then there is that one mercurial witness, Adrian Bustinza, whom Warren freely acknowledges getting part of his story from (page 74, LAEG), but who has remained selective in what he has been willing to confirm. Again not a single one of the other forty-odd men that Warren claims were present in that field with him surrounding that craft has verified his account. What does this tell you? And we’re to be presented with a film named after this field starring this man? This project inspires zero confidence in me, no matter how many respected ufological personalities, authorities, witnesses to related and unrelated events have been enticed into appearing on film with him. My only advice to anyone so involved would be to request that your signed release be voided and to sever all connections with this dubious project. My opinion only.

And what a fortuitous time to be involved in such a film project! Sony Pictures Television has announced that they are coming out with a UFO anthology drama entitied “Rendlesham,” with the outstanding American actor Laurence Fishburne as star and executive producer. Riding the coattails of such a perfectly-timed program with the name ‘Rendlesham’ in it is sure to bring in the cash for Larry and Gary if they don’t blow it.

The online trailer I watched for “Capel Green” (there are several to choose from) reveals that (spoiler alert) Warren passes a polygraph test. One thing I’m confident of regarding my former friend, if that if anyone could beat a polygraph its him. The man lies as effortlessly and convincingly as most people breathe – in print, on screen or on stage, on the phone or in person looking you right in the eyes. A good friend of mine attended September’s UFO TRUTH Conference where an extended trailer was screened. He related to me a sequence where our protagonist is standing out in the field telling his story when his eyes tear up. Perhaps the pressure of knowing this is his final shot at finally seeing a payday is better served by the shedding of a few tears than more hyperbole. Perhaps he’s been telling himself this story for so long that he’s come to believe it.
Forgive me if I appear insensitive. I honestly don’t mean to be. No one has spent more time on more occasions in Capel Green with Larry Warren than I have. This including our initial visit to the area together in February 1988 which he maintains was his first return to the field since the night of the incident. On that occasion he stood at the spot where it all happened ‘reliving’ his memories, dry-eyed and without the slightest quiver in his voice. The same was true for all our subsequent visits to the site, including our last there together to film a program for Canadian television. I don’t believe Larry Warren’s account any further than I can throw him.

Need to confirm some of this for yourself? No problem. Listen to him in this radio interview to learn that “The first biggest thing I ever did was I was a PA (production assistant) for The Beach Boys in the Seventies..” Warren was born in 1961, so even if this was the late Seventies, he was a teenager working for them in California at the same time he was still living at home with his parents in New YorkState’s HudsonValley. “I met John Lennon more {sic} three times in my life..” Funny that he never mentioned that to me for the first twenty-seven years or so that I knew him – and this from the most John Lennon obsessed person I’ve ever known. And when he did tell me, he had only met him once. Until sometime later when that number magically advanced one notch. But three times? Sure. Why not?
In a related matter, why did Emlyn-Jones choose to delete his HPANWO show 138? Larry, homeless at the time of that interview, was extremely fortunate to have friends like Sacha Christie, her partner Dave Kelly and two of her children, all kind enough to take him in for a prolonged period. In that broadcast Warren only had nice things to say about Christie. Also, that he had never met John Lennon, much as he would have liked to. “I worked with Stevie Ray Vaughn for ten years.” No he didn’t, but he certainly forged Stevie’s signature enough times on objects purporting to have belonged to the blues legend. And he not only spelled ‘Ray Vaughn’ incorrectly on selected items, but also on at least one piece of faked provenance from the early Nineties that I have personally seen for myself. More, it is in his (Warren’s) own distinctive handwriting! But he deserves to be cut some slack on that one. He was still developing his skills as a forger at the time.

Larry Warren’s ugliest and most outrageous lie is in a class by itself. Though. Despite the fact that he was living and working in Liverpool England during and following the September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center the city he has called home since 2000 – and attending a UFO conference in the City of Leeds during the same time frame, according to him, he was also somehow living in the Bronx at the same time, having been flown to New York City especially to assist in the clean up at Ground Zero in the months afterward. Sacha: “..yet he gets no mention on any of the registers, not one photo in the memorial photo albums or any other images anywhere and he is probably the only person not to have suffered with any of the diseases associated with the clean-up.” And all that time he didn’t even think to let his good friend and coauthor Peter, a longtime resident of Manhattan and there during the attacks, that he was in town. Here is a video of Warrentalking about his ‘time at ground zero.’ That’s not just a lie. It’s a damned lie.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hnoEkX3oH6s&t=4s
If it’s starting to seem like I’m beating a dead horse here, I guess it’s because I am. But only because I hope to never again return to this subject in my life as a writer, and that you need to know, definitively, that this is not some ‘difference of opinion’ between two former friends and coauthors. And we haven’t even touched on his lies, exaggerations and inaccuracies as they appear in Left At East Gate in this tirade.

I ended my June 2017 statement asking to be left alone when it came to Left At East Gate and Larry Warren. And that request was indeed honored by all concerned, for some months anyway. But there were those, primarily radio show hosts and producers who respectfully asked me not to turn my back on legitimate question that had gone unanswered in my June 2017 post, especially regarding listeners who had read Left At East Gate and whose respect and admiration I had since lost. Nor was the point lost on me that my continued silence might be interpreted as evasion, which was something I was not willing to allow.

Emlyn-Jones tells us it takes about two days for someone to bring Jay Deavin’s twisted bit of rhetoric to his attention. He then replaces the offending statement with a text box reading “”Somebody called “Jay Deavin” has posted comments of antiSemitic {sic} abuse towards Peter Robbins under my article ‘Peter Robbins on the Fenton Files.’ I have removed the comments and blocked the account. Apologies to anybody who saw those comments.”” Apologies to anybody who saw those comments?” How about an apology to me I wondered. I later learn that he did post an extremely brief one, though on a page I was unable to access. This pair of dubious exchanges then appear :

Phil Hainsworth: “Hi Ben. Didn’t see the comments pal but appreciate your deleting them and removing the person who posted them.
Emlyn-Jones: I did it as soon as I saw them Phil Hainsworth. I don’t care what the trolls are saying about me right now. But I can guess how they are twisting it as much as they can to denounce me.
P. H.: Ben Emlyn-Jones they can say what they like,I {sic} no {sic} you are a sound bloke and do what you think is right pal. Those of us that no {sic} you properly will always have your back.
E.-J: Phil Hainsworth Thanks {sic}, mate. That means a lot 😊
P. H.: Ben Emlyn-Jones I only tell the truth my mate
Sue McAllister jumps in again to add this comment: You don’t have to apologize Ben you didnt {sic} write it another {sic} excuse for the Trolls to have a go again! Yawn”

Then this:

Jennifer Ann: Oh no
Ben Emlyn-Jones: Jennifer Ann it was the trolls again.
J. A.: Ben Emlyn-Jones I’m so sorry
B. E-J.: Jennifer Ann (heart)
J. A.: Ben Emlyn-Jones I miss you
B. E-J.: Jennifer Ann you too. Thanks for your support
J. A.: Ben Emlyn-Jones xo

Call me suspicious, but something about this outpouring of support does not ring true.

On Tuesday 23 October Emlyn-Jones opines, “What REALLY Happened: This Thursday evening on the HPAWNO Show: Some of the trolls are claiming that I have attacked Peter Robbins online. The attack involved racism. This is false. It is an extremely serious allegation and so I need to set the record straight and therefore stop these slurs against my character. See here for background: (link no longer active).” Wow. I guess I owed Ben an apology. It was now clear that the attack on me had been cleverly staged by ‘the Trolls’ in order to embarrass him. The rest of this outrageous self-serving monologue can be accessed in one of Ben’s blogs, but is well summed up by the person who has been more outspoken and more dedicated to exposing the antics of Emlyn-Jones’, Warren, and their associates than any other individual throughout this ugly episode in ufology, my friend and colleague Sacha Christie of Liverpool:

“Nobody said Ben attacked Peter AT ALL, NOT EVER but Ben has turned this into something about HIM again because it is the ONLY way he can justify his continued interference in MY LIFE and the life of Peter Robbins. We discussed the situation, as is our right, but Ben only wants free speech for himself and he wants us to stop talking about him talking about us. Well we won't and we are not going away and seeing as he likes to make everything about him, lets do that. Warren was my friend and was living in my house. Peter Robbins was Warren's friend and Co-Author and NONE of it is anything to do with Ben Emlyn Jones, yet he insists that WE are trolling HIM when HE is the one interfering in the lives of Peter and myself. Can I say this enough? NO I CAN'T. So I will say it again.”

And she does, and in no uncertain terms. Please make no mistake. Ms. Christie has very much earned the right to come down on Ben and Larry like ten tons of bricks. Study the history of their incredibly vicious and at times outrageous verbal attacks on her and you will come to the same conclusion.

One of the specifics which Sacha then zeros in on in Ben’s woeful tale of victimization was sparked by his seeming fixation on having been accused of racism. No one as in no one accuses him of racism at any time. The word itself is never mentioned in any context in the attack on me or anywhere else, but in Ben’s mind, Jay Deavin’s attack seems to have somehow been hardwired into the word. This may seem a minor point to some, but not to others of us. Jewish people, whatever else their backgrounds or origins, never refer to themselves as ‘a race,’ period. The reason being that anyone who wishes, is welcome to become to become a Jew. Converts to Judaism are considered every bit as Jewish as any established member of the religion, whatever their previous faith or lack of same. Whatever their nationality or country of origin, and whatever the color of their skin. The only people I’ve ever know of who refer to the Jewish people as a ‘race’ are the people who attempted to do away with that ‘race’ during the Second World War, or as Sacha so succinctly notes, “NOBODY accused him of racism, the attack wasn't even racist and I feel like I have to point out that the only people who think of Jews as a race existed in 1940's Germany and since that time, pockets of meat-heads around the globe.”
Some informed digging then led me to an introduction to a specialty researcher in the UK named Bob, who in turn directed me to a series of links that went to the core of the matter. I can’t see into Emlyn-Jones mind, so who am I don’t know if he hates Jewish people or not. But if he doesn’t, then he is something closely related to an anti-Semite, that being a Holocaust denier. And not one of your garden variety Holocaust deniers either, Ben is a player in the movement:

My new colleague Bob stated flatly that “Emlyn-Jones is friends with and shares platforms with Nick Kollerstrom.” These two antisemites are so disgusting their rants are held behined {sic) closed doors where the ticket holders only find out the venue a few hours before as once the word is out their shows get cancelled by the venue management. Ben Emlyn Jones recently organized a talk where he would share the stage with fellow Holocaust denier Kollerstom. The outrage was so great that the venue cancelled the talk and it went ahead at a secret venue only disclosed a few hours before the start to those idiots who bought tickets.”

Nick Kollerstrom, I quickly learned, is a respected figure in the UK/European Holocaust denier movement, and Ben Emlyn-Jones is close comrade-in-arms. Bob suggested I “Do a search on his forum and see how any Jew or anyone suspected of being a Jew is subjected to Antisemitic abuse and then banned.” Here’s a sample of Ben Emlyn-Jones’ obscene musings, this under his ‘forum name,’ “Haggard Celine: “The gas chamber at Auschwitz is indeed a fake. Its supposedly cosmetic shower heads have real plumbing behind them and the doors and windows are just normal ones, not airtight as they'd have to be. There's no chemical traces of Zyklon B in the room. There are gas chambers at my hospital for preserving pathology specimens and they are sealled {sic} with metal and rubber doors. I don't deny that the Nazis killed all those poor people in the photo but they didn't kill them by gassing them. The easiest way to kill undesirables in Nazi Germany was surely to just tie them up and leave them out in the street during an air raid. You see I doubt that gas was regularly used as the means of murder in the Holocaust, at least not on the scale that official history tells us it was. It's far more likely that other methods were used. The most convincing speculation is that the Nazis mostly locked the victims in their cells and let them starve to death. The official stories of people lined up and fed into gas chambers are mostly false.”
Dispassionately reflective observations, or fucking outrageous mega-lies? Are you kidding me? But hey, take my opinion with a grain of salt. How objective can I be knowing something of the fate of members of my mother’s family at the hands of the Nazis? Bob also directed me to this link on the HPANWFO Forum, https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/hpanwoforum/index.php, but by the time I did, it has been ‘rehabilitated.’ Fortunately, if that’s the word for it, a quick internet search brought up other links featuring this duo which you’re welcome to explore for yourself, if you can stomach them. All hail historical revisionism.

http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/…/nick-kollerstrom-and-ben…
http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/…/nick-kollerstrom-and-ben…
http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/…/ben-emlyn-jones-and-nick-ko…

“Some of the trolls are claiming that I have attacked Peter Robbins online. The attack involved racism. This is false. It is an extremely serious allegation and so I need to set the record straight and therefore stop these slurs against my character.” As far as I was concerned, the record had now been set straight on Mr. Holacaust denier. But what of the connection between him and this Jay Deavin person? I returned to Deavin’s Facebook page to see if I’d missed anything among the few accessible particulars that might help me understand why he’d targeted me for his little hate-fest. But this time I was greeting with “Sorry, this content isn't available right now. The link you followed may have expired, or the page may only be visible to an audience you're not in.” Deavin had flown the coup leaving no forwarding address. There were other Jay Deavin’s out there of course, but none of them my Jay Deavin (Strike that. Sounds too gay) and I have to admit, I was disappointed. I had never had my own personal Jew-hater before, that I knew of anyway, and he never even gave me a chance to say a goodbye.

Seriously though. Was Deavin a fan/follower of Rendlesham and the Larry Warren brigade? Had he simply stumbled onto Emlyn-Jones page to find the remarks about me, then spontaneously decided to just let me have it? Was he a visitor there because he was also a Holocaust denier? It did tend to go hand-in-hand with being an anti-Semite. How did he even know I was ‘a JEW’ in the first place? Ben had never mentioned it. Neither the comments he’d taken offense to nor anything in his criticism made reference to my being Jewish. It’s not something I advertise, nor do I think I look particularly ‘Jewish.’ My name, Peter Philip Robbins, is at least as English-sounding as Jay Deavin’s, so what possibility was I missing? Was it out of the question to consider that someone might have put someone else up to this? Someone who shared their hatred of Jews and might welcome the change to take down one who was proving to be a continuing irritant to a like-minded friend, acquaintance or pal? This was what finally led me to think back to a memory of any instance where someone, anyone, had ever demeaned me with a specific combination of anti-Semitic and homophobic verbiage. The answer came back yes, one time and one time only, and an old email established that I’d learned of it on August 11, 2015, from none other than Sacha Christie.

By that time my former coauthor had (well) worn out his welcome at Chez Christie and told me the real reason that Sacha and Dave had kicked him out. It was because she had had a thing for him going back ten years or so to when they first met and wanted to sleep with him. Being a principled sort of a person though, he had refused to acquiesce for the old-fashioned reason that she was in an ongoing relationship with Dave, who was living in the same house as them for goodness sake, though not quite in those words. I, still the loyal supporter and friend, did not so much buy into that aspect of his story, but was aware that Sacha had been treated for bi-polar disorder, or some such mental aberration and even written about this in an online blog. I am embarrassed to say that because of that, I chose to dismiss something important that she had told me in that email. Her writing to me that day was primarily to thank me for sending her son an envelope stuffed with assorted postage stamps. In an earlier exchange she had told me that her son had begun collecting them. I’d let her know that I had the same hobby at his age and had a remaining packet of them stuck away that I’d found and sent to him. It was then that she told me Larry had cursed me out using a combination of words including “fucking tight cunt jew, fag boy, fucking gay cunt jew, and various rearrangements of the same words and sentiments.” She then wished me luck and said that Warren didn’t deserve to have a friend like me.

How did I manage to reject the possibility that Larry Warren had said something so ugly about me? I couldn’t completely. But I could imagine that in an especially inebriated state – something he was a real possibility with him, if he’d been angry with me for some reason, he might just have had the kind of alcohol-fueled meltdown actor/ producer Mel Gibson famously had years back, and during which he went all anti-Semite on a cop who had pulled him over for a driving offense. Gibson had later publicly apologized in what seemed like a sincere mia culpa to me and we never heard about any related slip up on his part again. This was what I had hoped had happened with Larry. He’d certainly never said anything anti-Semitic or homophobic to me to my face. Anything but. In fact he often – often enough anyway, talked about how he identified with Jewish people, partly from our both being born in New York City, the largest Jewish population city in the world, and partly how they Jews survivors and cultured and like thoughts. It was something he held dear like the pride he took in his mother having actively been involved in the Civil Rights Movement.

This was one of the main reasons that when I was in my final, months-long struggle with him over the deepening divisions between us, I tried to base my arguments in my understanding of the thoughtful and reflective traditions embodied in the Jewish holiday of Rosh Hashsanah, the Jewish new year. You can read what I wrote to him toward the beginning of my long statement of June 2017 posted at peterrobbinsny.com. None of what I wrote made the least bit of difference though I’m sorry to say. But the ugly words Sacha Christie had shared with me in her 2015 email were now weighing on me. If she had been telling the truth, it was the only other time in my life that someone had directed Jew hating and gay hating remarks at me and I had to know if Larry had really done this. If he had, perhaps the connection to Jay Deavlin was Larry Warren, and that was an awful thought. So what did I do? I emailed Sacha and asked her if she know of any other people I might know who Warren might possibly have spoken to using such words as “fucking tight cunt jew, fag boy, fucking gay cunt jew” to describe me in the past years. She responded shortly after to let me know that yes, at least eight people I knew other than herself who fit that profile. I can only report that I made it my business to follow up on these leads and now know that she was right, and that’s about the lousiest investigative results I’ve been forced to acknowledge in my decades long involvement in UFO studies. Here’s a sampling:

“Dear Peter,

I have been trying to remember where and when I heard Larry say those particular vile things about you and I couldn't be sure. I had been in Larry’s company before when he had disparaged your name but then he had disparaged Gary Heseltine, Tino Megaro and Ben Emylyn Jones amongst others at times. I thought perhaps it was just a bad side to his character. Oddly he seemed to disparage those also who were closest to him and had helped him, it left me wondering what he was saying about me behind my back.

You mentioned Peter Broughan had heard his vile comments also so this makes me feel it occurred on the occasion when I met up with Peter and Larry at their Woodbridge hotel. Larry’s comments on that occasion were particularly vile, disgusting and racist towards you. That was when the penny dropped and I realised for the first time he was not the person I thought he was. Peter Broughan (Rob Roy Films) was in the early stages of a film project based on LAEG .Larry and Peter were in Woodbridge on a recce* for that film project and was keen for me to meet Peter.
Over the previous couple of years I had loaned Larry several hundred pounds to save him from being evicted by his landlord. I had loaned Larry money on three occasions to pay his rent, the first two occasions I received payments in dribs and drabs over a long period of time, at the meet in Woodbridge Larry had promised he would make a payment off what he owed me so you could say I had an added incentive to go. I knew all hope of that went out of the window when I learnt he had borrowed money that day off Peter Broughan.

At that time it didn’t concern me too much as on previous occasions he did pay up eventually and after all this was a friend facing a tough time. On the last occasion I loaned him money I had borrowed it off my credit card. A whole year had passed and Larry had made no attempt to pay back a dime. As the interest on my card was accruing {sic} I started making payments to stop it escalating. Then came a tip off from a mutual friend that Larry had sold some rock memorabilia and had wads of cash.
I contacted Larry asking him to pay up. The money was paid direct to my bank a few days later. I was left with the bill for the compound interest which by then was almost as much as the original loan!

Hint, don’t lend Larry Warren money!

From that moment on Larry turned vile towards me. He bombarded me with threatening phone texts and messages to my family computer, all of which are in a file at my solicitors. He claimed on radio shows I was someone he only knew from the internet and I know he told you Peter I was out to cause trouble. On the contrary when we had Adrian Bustinza on Phenomenon Radio it was me who persuaded John Burroughs to allow Larry to participate in that show in the interest of fairness but he seemed paranoid that I was out to cause trouble. I found his behavior bizarre. I had always been a supporter of both you and Larry and like many of us LAEG was our bible.
Larry is a very good talker and a very convincing liar.
From that moment on I re read Left At East Gate as like many I had trusted and believed his every word. I went on to read every bit of literature on the RendleshamForest Incident I could lay my hands on.

During the course of my investigations I have forged friendships with many of the key investigators and witnesses to the RFI incidents, some have gone on the record some prefer not to be named .If I released all the information I have been told regarding Larry Warren it would of buried his yarn long ago but I do know the meaning of “ in the strictest confidence “ and “off the record”

The further I researched the more I realised I had been duped. Larry Warren is a fraud and a liar and I now know he can’t be trusted and you can’t believe a single word he says.”
Ronnie Dugdale

*Recce is a production term used in the UK, Australia, New Zealand and South Africa which refers to a pre-filming visit to a location to determine its suitability for shooting, including access to necessary facilities and assessment of any potential lighting or sound issues, and is closely related to location scouting.

Wikipedia: “I do recall him refering {sic} to you as a 'tight jew' {sic} and 'gay'. He probably used the f word but as it was a few years ago I really cannot be sure, but make no mistake about it he talked to me in those disgusting tones, both face to face and on the phone, in fact during phone calls he definatley {sic} was more agressive {sic} in his language towards you. Definatly {sic} using fucking and jew {sic} to describe you.”
Name withheld on request

Did Larry Warren put someone named Jay Deavin up to the mean little stunt of attacking me online? They’re the only two people in my entire life who ever used such a uniquely ugly combination of words to describe me, and deductive reasoning makes me feel that this may have been the case. There is no way I can prove it thought so it will remain an open question. What is not in question though is that my former friend, coauthor, brother for all intents and purposes should be ashamed of himself for having ever referred to me in such terms, on his own or through a confederate. Not that it, or he really matters to me anymore.

So where does this leave us with regard to UFO studies? On the dark side of the moon pretty much. What a sad waste of my time this has been in one respect, but should we who make up this often-ridiculed area of study ignore attacks of hate speech when they make themselves known in our community? We are living in a golden age of misunderstanding where attacks on ‘the other’ are everyday occurrences both here and abroad, and on the increase. The New York Daily News reported last week that while Jewish people make up about 2% of the American population, they are currently the targets of a full 50% of the hate crimes reported across the nation. Yea! We’re number one!

Going back to my beginnings in ufology, I felt and continue to believe that one of the most exciting possibilities inherent in this work is that it has the potential to bring people together in a way that little else can. If and when disclosure comes, when the overwhelming number of our fellow planet dwellers finally come to realize that other intelligences from parts unknown and known have been coming and going from here via advanced technology for millennia and that we are truly not alone in the universe, won’t we then come to realize how much more we have in common with our fellow human beings than all of the things that separate us from each other? I like to think that that will be the case at least. President Reagan said as much in his now famous speech to the members of the United Nations General Assembly thirty-odd-years ago, and the sentiment has never been truer or more needed than it is today. As for me, I’m not sure where I go from here. I know I will not be wasting any more of my time on the individuals singled out herein, nor am I necessarily going to continue on in this field. To parrot the tired and overused statement of President Trump’s, “We’ll see what happens.” I do know that none of my colleagues or friends in this fascinating fraternity of thinkers, writers, doers and experiencers should ever be subjected to the kind of hateful speech that I was, nor should we tolerate such behavior from anyone with even the remotest relationship to ufology. We’re better than that, and may the best of us continue to come together to address, collectively and individually, this frontier outpost on the edge of the unknown, and perhaps the unknowable.

Peter Robbins
Ithaca, New York
November 9, 2018

Brexit Portal

$
0
0
Today is Halloween 2019; the day Brexit was supposed to have happened... but once again did not. I have decided to put all my publications on the subject into a single portal where readers can access them easily and systematically. I did the same for Jeffrey Epstein, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2019/08/jeffrey-epstein-death-portal.html. The posts will be in chronological order and separated under the categories of HPANWO Voice, HPANWO TV and HPANWO Radio. The Brexit issue is definitely not over and I will be adding further entries to this database in the future when I produce them.

HPANWO Voice
Ben Emlyn-Jones on The People's Brexit Campaign Podcast:https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2019/04/ben-emlyn-jones-on-peoples-brexit.html.

HPANWO TV

HPANWO Radio

Pre-Roswell Roswells

$
0
0
One of the common topics I’ve explored on HPANWO is UFO’s and the various falsehoods associated with them; for instance: that they’re only seen by “loonies”, that they didn’t exist until impressionable and imaginative people, usually wearing anoraks, first saw them in cinemas in the 1940’s etc. As we can see, UFO photos and reports both date back to far earlier epochs, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/04/old-ufo-photoes.html. Another myth is that UFO’s are unknown in the Third World and are only seen in developed Western nations where people have been exposed to them culturally; but the Zulu Shaman Credo Mutwa reports that this is definitely not the case, in fact he has been abducted and abused by the very same beings that were seen in a famous Brazilian case, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/08/alien-abduction-similarities.html. In this article I shall explore the theory that the famous Roswell Incident of 1947 was the trigger that led to all subsequent incidents that resembled it, and that no such incidents occurred before it. The word “Roswell” of course refers to the city of Roswell in New Mexico, USA which was the centre stage for that most explosive of all UFO tales; however since then other similar incidents have occurred and the word has almost become a common noun with the qualifying adjective designating the place, EG: Brazilian Roswell, Welsh Roswell etc. It means: a very significant UFO event, especially one in which a large amount of decisive physical evidence is left behind, like a crashed craft and alien bodies, and that this evidence is secretly salvaged by the government and covered up. It’s only a matter of time before the Oxford English Dictionary adds the word to its list under that definition.

Contrary to what you might have heard, there are "Roswells" that predate the Roswell Incident. I’ll take you through all the ones I’ve heard about and if you’ve heard of others that I haven’t then get in touch and let me know. We’ll go backwards in time from the most recent to the earliest, but all of them crucially took place before July 1947:

Cape Girardeau- April 1941
The details of what will inevitably be christened “the Missouri Roswell” can be found in this MUFON (See HPANWO Links column) paper. The title is misleading however; this is not “the first Roswell”, but I’m getting ahead of myself! This is a fascinating document that presents the compelling evidence for the case very comprehensively. Somebody has not only done a good research and analysis job here, they’ve also managed to communicate it well: http://www.majesticdocuments.com/pdf/rswood_mufon2001.pdf. The story was first revealed in 1984 in a book by UFO researcher Leo Stringfield. He received a letter from a lady named Charlette (sic) Mann concerning a UFO crash-retrieval in 1941, a full six years before Roswell. The crash occurred just a few miles from Cape Girardeau, a busy and picturesque city nestling on the banks of the River Mississippi. Charlette’s story was then corroborated by other sources: her own sister gave a sworn affidavit that Charlette’s story was true. The Sheriff of Cape Girardeau County, at the time, backed her up, as do seven leaked Presidential documents from three sources and possibly even a handwritten memo from J Edgar Hoover. In April of 1941 Charlette’s grandfather Reverend William Huffman was the local minister at the Red Star Baptist Church in Cape Girardeau. One evening at about 9 to 9.30 PM he received a phonecall from the police asking him to come to the site of a light aircraft crash 10 to 15 miles outside town because the injured occupants were not expected to survive and they wanted somebody to administer Last Rights. Rev. Huffman did not consider this request unusual and left immediately; remember that America is a far more religious country than most European nations, like my own, the UK. He arrived at the scene and saw that it was not a plane that had crashed but a disk-shaped object. The disk was broken open and inside he saw strange control seats and artefacts, and also markings that he thought looked like Egyptian hieroglyphics, a recurring comparison that covers several other UFO reports. Lying on the ground outside the craft were the bodies of three small humanoids which resembled the classic Grey; one of them had been moved to one side and the minister thought that it might be alive. As it was he was only required to give two of the beings the Sacrament of the Dying. There were many policemen at the scene, as well as firemen and news photographers. Military personnel turned up and swore everybody to secrecy before taking over the entire operation and sending Huffman home. Huffman was a patriotic and God-fearing man who took oaths seriously, but he couldn’t resist telling his family members what he'd experienced, including his son, Guy, who became Charlette’s father. Charlette knew about the incident because her father and other family members mentioned it occasionally as a family curiosity, but it was from the 1984 deathbed confession of her grandmother Floy, William Huffman’s wife, that she learned the complete tale; that which she related to Leo Stringfield. She found out what became of the photo of one of the aliens that her father had shown her one night at a party. The photo had been taken by one of the photographers at the scene and given to Huffman by a friend of his at his church a few weeks later. Huffman gave it to another friend in the early 1950’s: Walter Wayne Fisk. Fisk was a career photographer who’d made a living taking snaps of Cape Girardeau’s famous rose gardens and probably Huffman thought he’d appreciate this piece of evidence more than the average man-on-the-street. As far as we know Fisk still has that photograph today. Recently, the researcher Stanton Friedman managed to track down the elderly Walter Fisk to his current home in New Mexico. They spoke on the telephone and Fisk told Stanton all kinds of strange tales, like how he was a psychologist and worked for the President, but he refused to confirm or deny whether he still had the photograph. Since then he has declined all attempts to speak on the subject and so the whereabouts of the photograph remain a mystery. Charlette described the photo to Stringfield: It showed two men holding up one of the aliens by its arms. She sketched a reproduction of it, see above at the top of this HPANWO article, and since then two photographs have emerged online that are said to be the original, see below:



I personally doubt that either of these photos are the real McCoy. The first one looks a bit too neat; it looks like it was shot in a studio enviroment with proper lighting effects, and the quality leads me to think that it was taken using modern equipment. The alien also looks a bit too much like something you could buy in a Roswell tourist shop! The second photo is very obviously taken in daylight, even though the crash was late at night, and it shows a creature far smaller than the ones Charlette reported seeing; it’s barely two feet tall. The most intriguing evidence lies in the independent articles, like the Hoover memo. This incident took place just a few months before the attack on Pearl Harbour and the US Government knew it was going to have to fight a war very soon and although there were serious leaks, like the photograph, it’s obvious that there must have been some kind of protocol already in place to deal with an incident like this UFO crash. It may not have been as perfect as it was at Roswell but there’s no way the Government would have been able to suppress news of this hitting the airwaves unless they had a contingency plan; and if they had a contingency plan then they must have had previous knowledge or experience of UFO crash-retrievals. Experience? Where did that come from? A few weeks later, on the 21st of May, a huge tornado ripped through the heart of Cape Girardeau killing 23 people and injuring many more; 233 homes were destroyed. It’s possible that any notoriety generated by the UFO and aliens was drowned out by this much more terrestrial disaster. The burying of news and long time periods between events and witnesses to them coming forward has plagued UFO cases left, right and centre throughout the history of UFOlogy; none more so than the next Roswell on our list:

Gateshead- 1940
The strange case of the “Gateshead Grey” took place the year before Cape Girardeau, but it went completely unreported at all until 2008. The researcher who broke the story was a friend of mine, Richard D Hall (I’ve been interviewed on Richard’s TV show and will be again shortly, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/ben-emlyn-jones-on-richplanet-tv.html) When he did a lecture on UFO’s in Gateshead, Tyne and Wear, he was contacted by an elderly gentleman who told Richard that he’d seen one himself. Robert Hall (no relation) had lived in the Bensham area of Gateshead in 1940 where he’d been a small child, aged just 5, and he’d had a close encounter which led to a full-blown Roswell. Gateshead is a very large and populous town that occupies the land south of Newcastle on the banks of the River Tyne; if an alien landing can be covered up there, it can be covered up anywhere! (In fact in my fictional novel The Obscurati Chronicles, I include a situation in which a UFO crashes in a big town near London, see: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/obscurati-chronicles-part-13.html.) It became famous in 1998 for the erection of the 66 foot high sculpture the Angel of the North, although in my view it looks more like an aeroplane stood on its tail than an angel. Are the Grey and the Angel being in the same place a coincidence or is something more occult and esoteric going on?... That’s a story for another article. In 1940 a strange atmosphere hung over the country; war against Germany had been officially declared the previous September, but the worst hostilities had yet to break out and negotiations were going on to try and find a peaceful conclusion to the conflict. However Britain was still preparing for the onslaught to come, building up the Armed Forces and organizing parades on city streets to reassure and inspire the British public. It was while watching one of these marches one fine day, on a hitherto undisclosed date that year, that 5 year old Robert and one of his friends were sitting on a wall on a main throughfare called Saltwell Road watching the troops file past. (It helps if you use Google Maps or Earth to follow this narrative) Eventually they got bored and felt cold (this could indicate that the date was not in the summer months) and ran down Stephenson Street, the side terrace near where they lived. When they were halfway down the road they saw a translucent barrier across the street that Robert described as resembling heat-haze. The two boys found that the barrier didn’t reach right down to the ground and they could pass under it by ducking. Then, at the bottom of Stephenson Street they were confronted by a large ovoid object hovering just above the ground about 12 to 14 feet in diameter. Running parallel to Saltwell Road at the other end of the residential terraces is an alley known as “the Back Alley” where local children used to play, and lined up all along this alley were a large number of beings of many species. In fact it was a veritable ET menagerie with more variety than any other reported encounter I’ve heard of; Robert’s descriptions of these entities answer those of other alien contactees’, and this was confirmed by Derrel Sims, see: http://www.alienhunter.org/. There was a humanoid creature that was covered in fur, “Bigfoot” Robert called it; classic Greys in several sizes, “Praying Mantis” insectoids, dwarf-like gnomes and blond, blue-eyed “Nordics”, very humanlike beings which you wouldn’t look twice at if you saw them in normal human situations. Robert and his friend were taken aboard the craft and underwent the medical examination that is a common feature of UFO abductions, blood specimens were taken and they were pacified by a paralyzing weapon that one of the aliens held in its hand. Robert was terrified and tried to flee; he saw other children climbing the fence by the railway line bordering the alley. Robert eventually managed to escape the aliens’ clutches and ran back to the main road where he alerted the marching soldiers. One of the soldiers went to have a look and shot at the aliens with his pistol. Panic ensued and people on the main road fled. The craft rose into the sky and disappeared.
If the events of that day weren’t incredible enough, more was to come three days later. Robert was on his way to the shops one morning and he took a short cut through a pedestrian alley further up the road than the Back Alley; suddenly he realized that he was not alone. He looked round and saw a Grey running towards him. He pelted as quickly as he could to the nearest street where his Uncle Ernie ran a coal yard. Robert tripped on the kerb and thought that the Grey had got him, but luckily Uncle Ernie was on the pavement outside and he attacked the Grey with a coal shovel and killed it. Uncle Ernie Wren was still alive in 2008 and Richard met him, but unfortunately Ernie is somewhat senile and unable to give a solid witness account. Ernie then moved the body behind the gates of his coal yard while Robert went and found a policeman. The body was then moved by a police or army vehicle to the crypt of St Cuthbert’s Church about half a mile away on Bensham Road where it was apparently stored for three months. There is no mention in the church’s management records of this going on, but then it’s not the kind of thing the Vicar would be too open about, especially if he’d been warned to keep quiet. Robert reports seeing men in white overalls going up and down the narrow outdoor stairway leading to the crypt and visits from “professors”. On at least one occasion during this time the local area was subjected to house-to-house searches, Northern Ireland Troubles-style; the soldiers were apparently searching for more of the aliens.
Robert suffered from a lot of the classic symptoms of “post-abduction syndrome” including a triangular scar on his face that lasted for 8 years. He was visited by military officers, scientists apparently investigating the matter and a very eager news reporter whom Robert says physically assaulted him to try and make him part with information. He was also followed to school many times by a frightening stranger. These sound to me very much like Men-in-Black encounters, at least some of them, and the callers may not have been whom they said they were or looked like; in fact they may have been aliens themselves, but that’s a long story.
All the researchers who have interviewed Robert Hall say that he comes across as honest; he’s a simple and ingenuous man who doesn’t fit the profile of a fantasist or liar. The UFOlogist Gary Heseltine has also interviewed Robert; Gary is a police detective and so has developed a good intuitive ear for when he’s being spun a yarn, and he passes Robert’s testimony as truthful. As I said above a very long time has passed between the incident occurring and research into it beginning, meaning that the majority of witnesses are probably no longer living, the memories of the living witnesses will have become faded and distorted, and direct evidence is harder to come by. Richard and the others have done a good job retrieving even what little they have. There’s no mention of the event in any newspaper archives or local records. Despite the fact that there are a few old people living in the area who also lived there in 1940 no others have professed any recollection of the UFO incident and the only one positively known to have been in the vicinity at the time is refusing to comment. However Robert’s sister Rhoda does recall the hostile visitors who questioned her brother. This would be less frustrating if Robert Hall were not such a credible witness. One thing he mentioned that is especially interesting is that he expressed his confusion that the craft he saw was so small while the aliens which presumably came from inside it were so numerous; I imagine that if he underwent an examination inside the UFO then it would have had to have been larger on the inside than its 12 to 14 foot exterior. The notion of alien craft being Doctor Who's TARDIS-like: larger on the inside than the outside, is not one Robert Hall is likely to have made up; however it is a recurring feature of many other abduction reports. A good example is Jan Siedlecki’s 1976 encounter in Leeds in which he describes a disk-shaped craft only about 20 feet across, yet it had three deck-levels inside (Good-1998). A bullshit-merchant would probably not put these details into his charade and make the craft’s inner and outer dimensions proportional, in line with terrestrial logic.
The week before this HPANWO article was published I travelled to Newcastle to record my interviews on Richplanet TV, and Richard showed me the location of the Gateshead Grey sighting. I took a few photos (Apologies for the darkness and poor quality, they were done on my mobile phone). It was immediately apparent that the architecture of the nearby houses and public buildings was 19th Century and so the area must look pretty much the same in 1940 as it does today. I took a photo of the famous kerbstone where little Robert tripped over as the Grey bore down on him before Uncle Ernie dispatched it to defend his nephew, but unfortunately the shot didn’t come out. It was too dark and my mobile phone camera had no flash. However it’s likely that this is the original kerbstone because it looked quite old, and although pavements need to be regularly resurfaced the kerbstones last much longer. I’ve very rarely seen them changed where I’ve lived.

This is 29 Hedley Street where Robert spent his childhood and lived as a five year old boy in 1940.

This is the spot at the bottom of Stephenson Street where the UFO appeared.

This is the gate to Uncle Ernie’s coal yard through which the dead Grey was dragged so it could be concealed. This gate looks very old and might also be original.

These are the narrow steps leading down to the crypt. St Cuthbert’s Church has been deconsecrated and abandoned since 1940 and today it is being converted into a museum (Not a UFO one!). By the time Richard and I arrived here it was night-time and completely dark and so I declined to descend the very narrow and steep stone stairway into the crypt; if it had been daytime I would have tried it. As you can see if you watch Richard’s documentary, see below, the crypt is just an empty derelict chamber filled with rubbish measuring 12 feet by 8, and according to Robert Hall, for three months 72 years ago it was used by the military to store an extraterrestrial corpse. This part of the tale is very revealing I think. Why did they leave it there for that long? Couldn’t they have moved it to somewhere more secure and convenient? This indicates to me that, unlike with Cape Girardeau, Roswell and all subsequent crash-retrievals, the British Government in 1940 had no contingency plan on how to deal with this kind of thing; it was as unexpected to them as it was to Robert and his friend. I wonder if the secret reports on the Gateshead Grey may have been shared with the Americans, even though they were neutrals in the war at that time. This may have triggered the US Military to work on a plan of what to do if something similar happened on their soil. Was this why they were all set up and ready a year later when that saucer came down near Cape Girardeau?
The story is told in Richard’s own words in this full-length documentary: http://www.richplanet.net/detail.php?dbindex=146 and here is the follow-up: http://www.richplanet.net/detail.php?dbindex=206 . The Gateshead Grey is a tantalizing mix of thin evidence, but believable testimony. The case becomes even more interesting when we find out that, even if it’s unknown in the modern human world, it may have influenced our folklore subconsciously: watch it and you’ll find out where the catchphrase “Little Green Men” might have come from!




Aurora- April 1897
As we go back in time before the 1940’s the stories of UFO-related encounters become dimmer and mistier. Although, as I demonstrate in the link above to pre-1940’s UFO photographs, it’s obvious that the phenomenon existed, it had little or no presence in popular culture. As we approach the century-ago marker we find a bleak landscape as far as Roswells are concerned. There are a few very tenuous recitations about crashed objects being seized during World War I, but nothing tangible. Then as we enter the close of the 19th Century we’re suddenly hit in the face by an almost unbelievable story from Texas: The Aurora Incident.
During the 1890’s news stories began to flood the entire world about the presence of “mystery balloons” and “dirigibles”. When studying the Aurora incident it’s important to understand the terminology used at the time; this was an era when the only aircraft were gas balloons and primitive airships; the Wright brothers’ first aeroplane didn’t lift off until December 1903, and conventional engineering wisdom beforehand mostly proclaimed that the aeroplane was impossible. Words like: “UFO” and even the slightly older: “Flying saucer” had yet to be coined. What these reports were describing was undoubtedly what we today would call a global UFO flap. This came to a head when on the 19th of April 1897 the Dallas Morning News announced that one of the mystery airships had struck a windmill in the city of Aurora, Texas. Despite it being officially classified as a “city”, Aurora only has a population of 376 and is just a small, sparse and isolated suburb of Dallas. The windmill was actually a wind-driven water pump fitted to a well in the garden of a Judge JS Proctor. The craft impacted at about 6 in the morning and exploded, scattering loose debris over a wide area, destroying the judge’s flower garden. Many of Aurora’s residents were alerted by the noise and rushed to the judge’s house to see if they could help. There was a badly burned and battered body in the debris that was thought to by the airship’s pilot. A local man who was an army signalman and keen astronomer stated to the reporter that in his opinion this was “a man from Mars”. Again, we need to be aware of the contemporary language difference here. At the time some of the most popular pieces of literature were books like HG Wells’ War of the Worlds which was about an invasion by intelligent but hostile creatures from Mars; it came out the following year, but others like it were around in 1897. Because of their influence, and lack of real knowledge about the true nature of Mars, anything extraterrestrial would have called “Martian” or “from Mars”. This was what we would call “an alien”. The creature was given a full Christian funeral and buried in the local cemetery. Again this would not be unusual practice in the United States at that time; remember William Huffman’s story above? The grave was marked by a very rough stone without an epitaph, see photo above, but it did feature what looks like a crude engraving of a cigar or disk-shaped UFO. There followed a clean-up operation in which the largest fragments of the object were carted off (Where!?) while the smaller ones were thrown down Judge Proctor’s well.
Again the hoodoo of a massive delay before the investigation returns to haunt us. The first serious research was not begun until the early 1970’s! The researchers' first move was to turn to the tastiest potential source of evidence: the grave. Unfortunately one cannot just walk into a cemetery with a spade and start digging up graves. Like most countries, the United States has Rights of Sepulchre laws that protect a person’s final resting place under strict guidelines that have few exemptions, and violating them is a serious criminal offence... even if the beneficiary of those legal rights is an extraterrestrial being! The investigators from MUFON wrote to the relevant authorities asking for permission to exhume the body and were given a firm and decisive negative reply; much to their frustration. The local council even posted a police guard at the graveside while the investigators were in town in case they attempted any grave-robbing. I can only imagine what it must feel like for a UFO investigator to stroll through a cemetery and walk above a grave that has an alien body just a few feet underground. But worse was to come because it seemed that somebody wasn’t going to take the chance that the burial authorities might change their minds. Soon after the first investigation the tombstone was stolen and it also looked as if somebody else had tampered with the grave, maybe even secretly exhuming the body themselves before the investigators could. Today the Aurora Cemetery Authority claims not to even know the grave’s exact location. Researchers have often noted that the people of Aurora are generally very uncooperative with UFOlogists and have no desire to explore this unusual piece of their hometown’s history... Has somebody warned them off? It’s ironic to think that as the Government were secreting away the bodies from the Roswell crash in 1947 another alien was lying in a grave just a few hundred miles away in Texas, and had been for 50 years. At the time of the first investigation there were fortunately a few very elderly witnesses to the crash still alive and they were tracked down and interviewed by an excellent individual, I think: Jim Marrs, see HPANWO Links column. Unfortunately he faced the same problems as Richard D Hall did over the Gateshead Grey; it’s not just governments that bury UFO secrets, the passing of time does too. However several people remembered seeing the object in the sky and after it had hit the ground.
There are several hoax theories going round, including one promoted by a former mayor of Aurora. The reporter who wrote the news story, SE Haydon, had a reputation as being a practical joker. There was apparently a motive for trying to put Aurora on the map. The town was in dire straits socially and economically because it had recently been hit by a spotted fever epidemic that had killed many people there; indeed the town went through several periods of quarantine (I myself was once stuck inside a quarantine zone in my hospital and it’s pretty frightening I can tell you!) The town’s main industry, cotton farming, had also just been decimated by an infestation of pests, boll weevils. Most people there were unemployed, poor, sick and hungry. The recent cancellation of a railway line through the town must have been a severe blow; and, in the same way some other places have tried to fake apparitions of the Virgin Mary, somebody decided to take action by fabricating a fake UFO crash... or so the theory goes. One wonders who, how and why they came up with this idea when there are plenty of other more promising ways to boost a town’s profile. Personally I’d stage some fake serial-killer deaths! Also the theories come from people who had no first-hand knowledge of the incident at all, and all Jim Marrs’ other contacts say the UFO was real, so unless we were faced with a conspiracy by a group of slow-witted octogenarians, we’ll have to knock the hoax theory on the head for now.
There’s more, apart from the grave there’s another massive potential source of data: the well into which the people dumped the debris. But annoyingly, just as with the grave, the well has been sealed over with a concrete slab and the current owner of the land refuses permission for UFOlogists to gain access to it. I’m beginning to wonder if Lyall Watson’s “Cosmic Nanny” isn't at work here, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/lyall-watson.html. There is an interesting story attached to the well though, if not a sad one because it concerns a man’s illness and disability. In 1945 a man called Brawley Oates bought Judge Proctor’s old house and went to live there. Like the judge before him, he got all his drinking water from the well and before long the unfortunate man was struck down by debilitating rheumatoid arthritis in his hands, rather like David Icke has been. Was Oates’ condition caused by drinking water from the well that had been infected with some kind of toxin from the alien debris? Whatever, the well remains sealed and a sturdy brick outhouse has been constructed over it to protect it further. Here’s an interesting documentary about the Aurora case: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fmY9D7T0m7A.

What has become apparent to me is that when it comes to Roswells we have two research obstacles: Since at least 1941 there has been a secret policy in place to cover up and deny these incidents. It’s a global policy, because whether the crash occurs in the USA, Brazil, China, Russia or any other country in the world, the same thing always happens: The government sends the army in, keeps everybody away, enforces media silence and then comes up with stupid cover stories about weather balloons or escaped chimpanzees. The other obstacle is time: the human lifespan, and our memory. There may or may not have been a decision by governments on dealing secretly with UFO’s before 1941; I suspect not, but this era is now so long ago that only the very elderly remember it, and their memories are blighted by inevitable lacunae and inaccuracies. The best hope for us all is to deal with the cause of the current and recent Roswells, what Stephen Bassett calls the “Truth Embargo”.

Just to end this article, let's look at the remarkable tale of a Mr James Lumley, a man hiking in the Rocky Mountains one day when he saw a lighted object cross the heavens and burst into pieces like “a sky-rocket”. This was followed by a rushing sound like high wind. The following day, Mr Lumley discovered: “that, as far as he could see in either direction a path had been cut through the forest, several rods-wide, giant trees uprooted or broken off near the ground, the tops of hills shaved off and the earth ploughed up in many places. Great and widespread havoc was everywhere visible. Following up this track of desolation, he soon ascertained the cause of it in the shape of an immense stone driven into the side of a mountain. An examination of this stone, or so much of it as was visible, showed that it was divided into compartments that in various places it was carved with curious hieroglyphics. More than this, Mr. Lumley also discovered fragments of a substance resembling glass, and here and there dark stains, as though caused by a liquid. He is confident that the hieroglyphics are the work of human hands, and that the stone itself, although but a fragment of an immense body, must have been used for some purpose by animated beings.” This report is dated to the 19th of October 1865, see: http://www.rense.com/general16/histufocrashing.htm. Could this be the first ever Roswell?

Latest HPWA article:http://hpanwo-hpwa.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/registering-hpwa.html

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/engineered-humans-to-beat-climate.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/last-night-of-jr-social-club.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/misandry-in-big-issue.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/insider-posers.html

Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/appeal-hearing.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/secrets-of-milton-keynes.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/real-zombies_23.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/disclosure-petition-ii.html

The Shift 2 with Ian R Crane

$
0
0
See HPANWO Links column for the website of Ian R Crane, including the Shift 2 pages.Here’s a direct link to the event I’m reviewing here:http://www.ianrcrane.co.uk/index.php?act=viewProd&productId=350

 It’s been a while since I last went to an event with Ian R Crane (Or Ian Crane, as he used to be known as before he discovered that a Liverpool estate agent with that name was getting all his emails). This is mainly down to the financial problems I’ve been facing since I was booted out of Hospital Portering, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/01/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-ldidg.html; and as a result I’ve been unable to attend any conferences so far this year. However if you listen to one of Ian’s shows you’ll often gain new insights into situations like mine. Old phrases like “Every cloud has a silvery lining” are very true, but there’s an explanation behind why they’re true that is even more silvery.

Although I preach about the fallacies and foolishness of prejudice, I’m afraid I’m not immune to them. One of my most serious flaws in this department is my dislike for the city of Birmingham. I tend to regard it as a grim, unattractive and Godforsaken place. Ustane and I sat on a train, drowsy from our early rise, staring out of the rain-splashed windows at the crumbling red brick walls and shattered glass windows of abandoned Victorian factories, modern freight containers stacked up like Lego blocks and ash-coloured canals lined by graffiti-daubed concrete piles. We left New Street Station and were surrounded by the bright lights and elaborate, animated billboards of the Bull Ring. This was once a traditionally classic market dating back to the Middle Ages, rather like Oxford’s Covered Market; but while the latter has been carefully preserved in its original form, the Bull Ring has been crushed under a gargantuan postmodern steel-and-glass cathedral to consumerism. The researcher Andy Thomas has often remarked how the only structures modern Western society builds that come close to matching the temples of the ancient civilizations or the cathedrals of Mediaeval Europe are shopping centres, banks and offices of business and commerce; buildings that have a purely materialistic function. So he’s effectively saying that according to our culture materialism and consumerism is God! The Bull Ring is a perfect example. (See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/06/alternative-view-ii-part-1.html) I had been careful to bring my A to Z of Birmingham with me to Ustane’s house, but went and forgot to take it with me to Birmingham; not very helpful! But we soon found the venue with the help of a printout map from the Tourist Information Office (an institution I had not expected to find in Birmingham). The event was to take place in a Thistle Hotel, where Ian always seems to end up. Across the road from it was St Chad’s Cathedral and the sight of it gave me a nasty flashback. This is a story that really needs its own full-length article, which I plan to write, but to cut to the chase: Some years ago, in 1997 in fact, I went on a pilgrimage to the holy shrine of Lourdes in the south of France. I’ve mentioned before that I’m from a Catholic family and there was a time when I was fairly devout, before I “lapsed” and rejected all religion. The pilgrimage was something of an emotional rollercoaster, and it was not till long afterwards that I understood that it was mostly dips not rises. The management of the trip was very hierarchical and one of the “junior foreman” was a very unpleasant little man who took an instinctive and immediate dislike to me. After the end of the pilgrimage there was a mass held at St Chad’s Cathedral two weeks afterwards for the “brancardiers”, volunteers who helped look after the disabled pilgrims who came with us; I was one of them and wanted to attend. However the “junior foreman” told me that it was three weeks afterwards, not two; so I travelled all the way from Oxford to Birmingham and turned up at St Chad’s a week late. I sat on a bench outside for two and half hours waiting for the others to arrive, getting cold and miserable. As Ustane and I approached the cathedral I saw that the bench I’d sat on all these years ago was still there, and I felt my embarrassment and anger bite. Even after fifteen years it still recurs occasionally. However something remarkable happened a few minutes later that was a good prelude to the main theme of the event. Ian was playing quiet music on his speakers as the audience was arriving and one of the tracks was Song to the Trinity by Mike Stanley and Jo Boyce, a Christian pop duo who came on the pilgrimage with us, see: http://www.cjmmusic.com/. The song was a cover version with different lyrics, but the beautiful tune was unmistakable. Mike and Jo’s music was definitely one of the few rises on my Lourdes rollercoaster. I’ve got the CD at home, but I’ve not listened to it for over ten years; how come I suddenly heard it just minutes after my return to St Chad’s? Coincidence? Read on!
The room Ian had booked was a small and modest venue compared to his flamboyant past enterprises like AV, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/11/alternative-view-3-part-1.html. The room he’d hired was behind a small entrance leading off from the kitchen that looked like the door to a broom cupboard. Ustane and I were the first to arrive and we were surprised to see nobody at the desk by the door. Then we looked around to see Ian setting up the DVD stall. His short and compact frame moved energetically between a pile of cardboard boxes and the trestle table. We soon learned that the Shift 2 tour was entirely a one-man operation. Ian transports everything in his van, he sets it all up and puts it all away afterwards entirely by himself. This is hard work for him, but it keeps the ticket price down. In the neighbouring suite to our event was a much more lavish conference hosted by some charity or other. It was held in a large auditorium with a big stage display, a neat reception desk, a tea and coffee bar and all the trimmings, a bit like AV. Sure, it would have been a lot more comfortable if Ian had laid on such luxuries, but then it would have cost an awful lot more; it’s a simple equation. Shift 2 is very good value, when you consider it was seven hours long, almost as long as a live David Icke show. This is a format that I’ve not seen from Ian before. I’ve attended numerous events in which he does a one or two hour lecture, but never before an all-day workshop.

 A minute or two behind us, the other attendees arrived. I was very surprised not to meet anybody whom I recognized, as these events tend to be as much social get-togethers for the conspiratorially-aware community as lectures. However Ustane and I soon began conversations with the others and before long provisional friendships emerged in the accelerated and condensed way they tend to in the intensity of a conference. We spoke to a cheerful young woman named Leah and a man who had had a dream the night before that he saw the auditorium we were in, even though he’d never been there before. Once again, the theme of manifestation, premonition and synchronicity emerged, and it was to become curiouser and curiouser as Ian began his speech and revealed that the previous week when he’d spoken in Portsmouth one of the attendees had experienced something even weirder: He had been severely delayed for some reason which meant that by the time he left for Portsmouth to see Shift 2 he only had half an hour left before the start of the event, but unfortunately he lived seventy miles away and so he began driving there in frustration, consigning himself to having to miss the first half of the event. But somehow he made it on time! How? He has no idea. It seemed that he experienced something similar to the phenomenon of “missing time” that is often a symptom of alien abduction. In this case maybe no aliens were involved, but something else which I’ll come to later. I would like to have spoken to that man, so I must say I was kicking myself a bit because I’d originally planned to go to the Shift 2 event in Portsmouth, but had switched my booking to Birmingham.
Ian’s workshop was split into two parts; the first was to be about the material realm, the scientific and political research which is tangible and can be analyzed. Ian is a keen student and pundit of what he calls “deep geopolitics”. This means he has a similar relationship with Fleet Street as Richard Hoagland has with hairspray manufacturers; in fact Ian gets a copy of virtually every newspaper available delivered to his door regularly and spends hours sifting through every single one of them. This sounds like an unenviable job, but it does pay off because it’s remarkable what material sometimes escapes into the mainstream media through whoever or whatever is attempting to stop it, to whoever is willing to take the effort to pick it up. I get the impression this job has become easier for Ian because he told us that “They” are getting arrogant, and they’re being more honest and open about what they’re up to; they’re releasing more and more of their true actions and motives into the public domain. “They” refers to the people he calls “Those who consider themselves to be the rightful rulers of the planet”. I find this a bit of a mouthful, despite the fact that it was recently shortened from: “Those who consider themselves to be the rightful rulers of a global fiefdom”. And you can’t even form a nice, elegant acronym out of it: “TWCTTBTRROTP” or: “TWCTTBTRROAGF”? Nah! For this reason I will continue to use the word: “Illuminati”, even though Ian dislikes this term and never uses it himself. The reason he thinks that the media is being more outspoken and less deceptive is down to something he’s mentioned before: that they have to tell us what they’re up to on one level so that the onus (Apologies for using this Skepperism) is on us to work it out and react to it. If we don’t react then we give them a mandate to do more and to go further. Another reason is that they may believe, falsely perhaps, that they will be able to negate Karma by doing this. It also fits in well with the Social Darwinism that is a prominent feature in the philosophy of Satanism: That the blame for violence lies not with the perpetrator but the victim, if the victim is vulnerable and therefore makes it easy for the perpetrator to carry out their violence. According to the Illuminati, if we don’t retaliate when we are abused then we, like the rape-victim, are “asking for it”.
Ian asked us, as he often did in this very interactive workshop, whether we thought this year, 2012, would be just another year. Few if any of us raised our hands. He congratulated us, because this is the year that the Mayan Long Count calendar changes over, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/2012-rumours-of-our-deaths-have-been.html. And of course we’re now in the fifth year of the financial crisis, and he is convinced that this is a contrived event. Even the former head of Goldman Sachs, Greg Smith, is speaking out about the corrupt nature of his old company. The board of Goldman Sachs in private speak with open derision about the majority of their investors which they call “muppets”, while the important members who are destined for better fortune are called “players”; however I imagine one can become the other at a word from one of the board-members. (I wonder which James Randi is! See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/other-side-of-james-randi.html). The current financial domination of the world dates back to the signing of the act in 1913 which brought into being the Federal Reserve; luckily that act has a sunset clause and was always planned to expire after just ninety-nine years; well the Fed Act was signed on December the 21st of December 1913… so is there anybody else who still thinks 2012 is going to be just another year? There’s a video on YouTube of a stockbroker called Alessio Rastani speaking with really explosive candour that was later pulled by the BBC; here it is: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aC19fEqR5bA. Rastani himself has been discredited and demonized as a fraud and attention-seeker; a common tactic used against people telling the truth. Rastani is basically and frankly telling the viewer that the financial system is doomed, while the Government is trying to keep the public harnessed to the hopes of its recovery packages. Ian’s parents are in their eighties and Ian often tells them that they are the last generation of working class people in which the family can live off the single basic week income of the father. Today in a working-class family it is rare to find a situation in which both parents don't have to work every hour they can just to make ends meet. The Euro Crisis, together with the collapse of the US Dollar are the lead weights that will drown the world. Nigel Farage, one of the few politicians I’d trust to tell me the time of day, is willing to speak out in the European Parliament and expose this elephant in the room: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=llDYLb7HoIk. Unfortunately, it’s a little-known fact that the EU Parliament is just an adversary body and has no legislative powers at all. The unelected EU President and his cabinet make all the decisions, even if every MEP votes against them. (Farage was involved in a light aircraft crash during his 2010 General Election campaign from which he luckily survived. I wonder if it was an accident.) Greece, as a nation, no longer exists, and is now wholly-owned collateral of the European Central Bank. Even its priceless antiquities have been sold to try and alleviate its horrific debts. It seems the crucial kingpin, as has been the case for the last few years, is Ireland, which is why Ian has been touring Ireland a lot lately with his friend Jim Corr, see: http://www.jimcorr.com/. On May the 31st the Irish people go to the polls in a referendum, just like they did with the Treaty of Lisbon; and so there is one more chance to scupper the EU agenda, but will the “NO” vote work this time? Are the Irish people awake enough to avoid the same trap they fell into over Lisbon?
Ian gave people a few tips on how to survive the coming economic meltdown. He recommends investing any capital you have into gold and other precious metals (an academic notion for me!) However, the most crucial issue has to be the basics of life; if the banks slam their doors and all the shops are shut where will we get food and water? Ian recommends keeping a cache of supplies: bottles of water, cans of food, toilet paper etc; enough to last a few weeks. I know on one level this makes sense, but I feel uncomfortable considering even this most soft brand of survivalism, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/05/billions-will-die-we-will-win.html. The problem I have is this: If you are the only person in your street who has such a cache your neighbours may well come knocking on your door asking for you to share some of it with them. Then of course you have to decide whether to do so or not, but it’s likely that these people at your door will be hungry, thirsty and very frightened; in this frame of mind they may not take “no” for an answer. Then you will be faced with another choice: whether or not to stop them by force; in which case we will have to arm ourselves. It could be either that or losing all your precious supplies. Ian doesn’t really address this question. The idea of turning a shotgun or bludgeon against people I normally talk over the fence with and let borrow my hedge-clippers repels me deeply. I think I’ll have to take my chances without the supplies.
Ian feels hope with how Iceland has addressed this question. This is the only country in Europe which is right now significantly recovering from the recession; this is because it didn’t make the same mistake that the other countries did: getting “cash injections” from the International Monetary Fund and therefore contracting their country away to them through debt. Iceland’s wisdom could come from the fact that they’ve been using the former “Economic Hitman” John Perkins as a consultant, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/12/dangerous-man-by-karen-sawyer.html. When he addressed the Women’s’ Institute, Ian said: “Men are fucking things up!” (See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/04/emergency-swine-flu-meeting-with-ian.html) and maybe he’s right because Iceland is unique in being ruled by mostly female politicians and their Prime Minister is somebody called Johanna Sigurtharsdottir, Europe’s first openly homosexual head of government. So if you have any gay and lesbian friends, listen to what they have to say!
 Ian makes a lot of predictions about what is to come in the future; often he is right, not because he’s psychic, but because he understands how geopolitics works; he's "read the script", as he says. I’ve had a go at this myself and have a hit to my credit. A couple of years ago I said that Argentina would begin threatening the Falkland Islands again and was right, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/falklands-war-ii.html. Ian thinks a war with Iran is unlikely because Iran is simply too big and strong; its population of over sixty million are very supportive of their current ruler Mahmoud Ahmedinajad and will not tolerate a regime change there. Nevertheless it is suspicious that the USS Enterprise is currently deployed in the Gulf region. I refer in this case not to Captain Kirk’s fictional starship, but to the US Navy’s oldest aircraft carrier. She was commissioned long before the Star Trek TV series was ever broadcast and is on her last mission before being taken to the breakers yard. The thing is, Enterprise is nuclear-powered and so it will cost many times as much to dispose of her safely as it would a conventionally-powered vessel. However this cost could be alleviated if she could... meet with an “unfortunate accident” that caused her to sink at sea. At the same time if she were attacked, supposedly by an enemy, it would be a new 9/11 that would horrify and galvanize the public into supporting a new war; not necessarily against Iran, but against anybody else the Government blamed for the incident. And because Enterprise is such an old ship there would be little loss to the US Navy’s capabilities. There’s a direct parallel here between this hypothesis and Pearl Harbour. The ships sunk by the Japanese in the Pearl Harbour attack were the old fleet battleships which were very much symbols of American seapower in the eyes of the public. However anybody better-informed in naval strategy will admit that by 1941 the old big-gun battleship was very much an obsolete weapons platform. The decisive weapons in the Pacific War were actually the aircraft carrier and the submarine. The Japanese flew right over the Pearl Harbour Submarine Base and never touched it and all; the aircraft carriers were very conveniently out at sea at the time on manoeuvres.
 Ian has intensively analyzed how one of the biggest lies, Climate Change, is being used as the snowplough for a whole array of globalist and tyrannical regulations. Dr David Bellamy, who spoke at AV2 and 4, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/06/alternative-view-ii-part-1.html, was schmoozed by a group of Elitists, led by the Aga Khan, in an attempt to make him the “Professor Global Warming” in Britain; to his credit he refused. Interestingly Bellamy saw Tony Blair and the Conservative Party leader William Haig on another table and his host told him that the Elite were trying to decide which of them would become the UK’s next Prime Minister. Obviously Blair was the lucky one. Haig himself was photographed in “compromising positions” with a young man on his staff; perhaps there are other photos being held back that have kept Haig in the kennel on pain of them being sent to Ffion.
 On the 27th of July the 2012 London Olympics will begin and Ian thinks it’s very likely that some kind of false flag terrorist event will occur during the games; he prophesizes at the Closing Ceremony. I would have thought that for full effect and public awareness it would need to take place at the Opening Ceremony; after all, who bothers watching the Closing Ceremony? But there are important Occult elements to the date, the 12th of August and also Ian thinks some clues were left for us in the Closing Ceremony of the last Olympics, Beijing 2008. At the end of every Olympics Closing Ceremony there’s a scene that is themed on the city that will become the next Olympic host, and in this case it was of course London. The Olympic flag is handed over to representatives of the next nation in line. There is a video of it online at the time of writing, here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QprSn_D31U0. But according to Ian, the video doesn’t last long before being taken down so I advise you to download it. In case you’re reading this when the link is dead I’ll describe it: A London bus drives along a road made up to look like a London street, with zebra crossings and traditional bus stops, a lollypop lady carries her pole on it. The bus drives up to the podium surrounded by dancers carrying thirteen umbrellas representing the thirteen victims of the Tavistock Square bus during the 7/7 attacks, and also 13 is a Satanic number. The bus door slides opens and a young girl is standing there, representing the Goddess. She steps out and is handed a football by the lollypop lady. Then she returns to the bus by walking on top of the dancers, representing the submission of the people to the Goddess. Then the bus’ top deck opens and falls apart looking exactly like the 7/7 bus did. The interior is covered in a material that looks like grass and the dancers cling to the grass: an almost perfect representation of the 7/7 scene. Then the singer Leona Lewis rises from the bus on the top of a pole, again a Goddess symbol. Then on another platform Jimmy Page, the rock star, who is also a devotee of Aleister Crowley and even used to own Crowley’s old home at Loch Ness, starts playing the song Whole Lotta Love by his old band Led Zeppelin and Leona Lewis sings it; in the background we see the Olympic flame. Ian thinks this represents the alchemical wedding between Satan and the Goddess and the Tavistock Square bombing is therefore a human sacrifice. Jimmy Page probably realizes this, but the other participants are in all likelihood ignorant of what they took part in. I’ve written a lot about the film-maker Roland Emmerich and the suspicious themes in his films, but there is a strange reference to London in his ignoble epic 2012, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/2012-rumours-of-our-deaths-have-been.html. In one scene, for no apparent reason, a map of the London Underground is shown. Here’s a video about it: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kFHcOw9INj4. Again, this is an example of the Illuminati displaying their machinations in plain sight for us to see if we choose to. It seems that the Rockefeller Foundation has a contingency plan for a scenario in which 13,000 people die. Will the drill become truth, as with 9/11 and 7/7? The security for the upcoming Olympics will be the biggest police and domestic military operation that Britain has ever seen with more troops on the London streets than are in Afghanistan. There’s also going to be an aircraft carrier moored in the Thames, although I suspect that’s for show. What use would an aircraft carrier be against terrorists? It was rather like the tanks that used to be parked at Heathrow Airport; one doesn’t need to be “Stormin’ Norman” to understand that tanks are completely useless against terrorism. Ian thinks that we might be able to prevent false flag terrorist events by predicting them, as he may have done in 2006 in Chicago, see: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8090012349700692119. The question is: If we have predicted what’s planned to happen at the Olympics correctly, will that be enough to stop it now? For reasons Ian has revealed, the Illuminati are desperate to get the New World Order sewn up by the end of the year. They are years… nay decades, behind schedule. They’re getting desperate and Ian thinks they may be pushed into taking a chance this time.

 During our lunch break Ian asked us to get into groups and talk about the various examples of synchronicity that have happened in our lives. Ustane and I discuss these matters all the time and I’ve already explained how I experienced a remarkable one when I saw St Chad’s Cathedral. It turned out that everybody who I spoke to at Shift 2 had similar stories to tell. I find it strange how my last day-shift in Portering before I was suspended was filled with amazing events that make it impossible for me to dismiss it as coincidence. The problem is that it’s impossible to prove synchronicity, as I’ve explored in these HPANWO TV films. See: (Part 10) http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/assap-seriously-strange-conference.html and: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/08/its-just-coincidence.html. Nothing is so unlikely that you can say: "This can never happen", which is why Skeptics are so besotted with the concept of coincidence; on their level, it’s a get-out-of-jail-free card that cannot fail. What I experienced could be coincidence, but it’s not. To understand why it's not though, we have to explore the nature of human consciousness as it emerges in the two hemispheres of the brain.
After lunch we reconvened for the last session of the event and in this part Ian delved deeper into the esoteric and spiritual aspects of his research. This is where the theme of synchronicity, premonition and manifestation, that had been underlying the whole day’s proceedings, was brought into the light. Ian gave us his own version of the synchronicity stories that we’d been sharing all day: One night many years ago he’d had a dream that the Lottery draw the next day would be the numbers of his date of birth, his wife’s date of birth, and their respective ages. When he woke up and told her, his wife instructed him to go and buy a ticket. Unfortunately Ian didn't take dreams seriously in those days and let the ticket slip his mind. The next day when the numbers were published in the papers he and his wife both blanched when they realized that those numbers did indeed come up! “Anyway, we were divorced eighteen months later.” said Ian. His wife is convinced to this day that Ian did buy a Lottery ticket and secreted the prize in an offshore account somewhere. Ian believes that the clue to unlocking the psychic and manifestational abilities of human consciousness lies in the workings of our brain. Our mammalian brain is divided into two halves, the left hemisphere and the right hemisphere. In an average right-handed male human their entire physical worldview, language, logic, our sense of the passing of time and individual waking conscious mind is operated by the left hemisphere, called the left-brain. In left-handed people this arrangement is slightly more complex, it is with women’s brains too, but is still very much centred on the left-brain. The right-brain is our source of intuition, emotion, timeless notion of existence, and where our subconscious and “super-conscious” mind dwells. Ian thinks that this is where we have our link to the soul and what Carl Jung called the collective unconscious. Of course the Conformist Illuminati-occupied world is left-brain dominated; this is why the only temples we build are shopping centres, as Andy Thomas said, see above. The psychologist Michael Gazzaniga puts it even more bluntly when he says: “The left-brain, don’t leave home without it.” Gazzaniga was involved in experiments where he severed the corpus callosum, the neural connection between the two halves of the brain, as an attempt to cure people’s epilepsy, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mJKloz2vwlc. Coincidentally… that word again… I have an early childhood memory of watching a much older TV documentary about this subject. While it’s certainly true that the left-brain is essential to our ability to function in this universe as effective organisms, what the Illuminati have done is make us what David Icke calls “left-brain prisoners”. In other words we become purely functional and soulless, biological machines; and that matches my own research and interpretation of our society completely. Fear is essentially a left-brain function because it requires an ability to envision the future and this is the dominion of the left-brain. Ian says it all boils down to sex, the fear of not getting laid! This is why there is so much envy and rivalry in attracting sexual partners; for women it’s based primarily around conventional good looks, for men it’s mostly connected to wealth and social status. Illuminati-occupied society is a fear production-line! TV programmes instil it in us from the moment we reach for the on-switch. Soap operas like EastEnders are particularly bad in this department, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/grimlys.html.
If the right-brain is the key to psychic and soul-awareness then these things are obviously a massive threat to Illuminati rule because the Loomies have worked so very desperately to shut it down. In fact the shutting down of the right-brain is their ultimate and central objective and all the other things, like 9/11, the UFO cover-up, the financial system etc, are merely auxiliary to the prime purpose and goal: keeping us left-brain prisoners. Their work begins at the moment of birth with newborn babies being given up to fifteen vaccines almost as soon as they first enter the world; of course a certain number don’t survive that experience, but the Loomies don’t care. The use of vaccines to control the masses was predicted by a very wise and clever man, Rudolf Steiner, long before vaccination was in common usage. The agenda carries on in school with left-brain indoctrination and feeding children bad food like MacDonalds and Monsanto’s GM range. Also “antidepressant” drugs like Ritalin; if this lasts until adulthood it becomes SSRI drugs like Prozac. I’ve already mentioned TV. Fluoride in the water plays a major role because, among other effects, fluoride calcifies the pineal gland. As people like Graham Hancock (See Links column) and Dr Rick Strassman have discovered, the pineal gland is essential to soul-connection, as Rene Descartes guessed… or maybe didn’t just guess… it was centuries ago. Mobile phones are a nasty way of changing the nature of the brain to one more compliant to Illuminati rule; as with vaccines it kills many of the unfortunates who are subjected to it, and the perpetrators are no more concerned. Chemtrails are also a part of this operation, but how this works I will come to later. It’s sad to note that Birmingham is the most heavily fluoridated city in Britain and maybe this is one of the reasons why I feel so uncomfortable there. As Ustane and I walked back to the railway station after the event we both noticed the way that everybody we passed in the street was walking very quickly; we kept having to step aside to let speed-marching pedestrians go ahead of us. The need to rush from one place to another, like fear, requires a sense of the passing of time and so is therefore a left-brain feature. Do the people of Birmingham have especially atrophied right-brains because of the extra fluoride they consume? The ultimate expression of the left-brain prisoner is what has become known as the Skeptic… with a K. Regular HPANWO-readers hardly need reminding about my interest in this subject, but just in case, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/11/london-skeptics-in-pub-141111.html. Skeptics have even categorized their attempt to explain away right-brain activity with a very sibilant acronym that will surely become a classic: the “RSME”, Religious, Spiritual and Mystical Experience.
 That’s the bad news. The good news is that we’re not helpless. We can fight back against these methods of shackling our right-brain with our own ways of liberating it. One of those is to avoid fluoride in water and toothpaste; hopefully we can do this while our pineal gland is still working and so prevent complete calcification. Minimize your use of mobile phones; Ian holds them up the left side of his head as a placebo! Don’t watch TV, or at least take everything you see on it with a pinch of salt. Refuse vaccinations for your child, and don’t let them be medicated with Ritalin or Junior Prozac. Another means that is not advisable except in a controlled environment is sleep deprivation. I remember seeing a news story just a few days before coming to Shift 2 about a Cornishman who’d just broken the record for the longest time without sleep: 11 days. He was interviewed at the end of it, looking pretty haggard, but still able to coherently answer the reporter’s questions. Ian told us about a friend of his in Cornwall called Tony Wright, who’d written a book called Left in the Dark about how he’d achieved right-brain awareness through staying awake for a few nights and not sleeping. I wondered if they were both the same person, and it turns out that they are; see: http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/england/cornwall/6690485.stm. Sleep is something we specifically need for the left-brain, the right-brain never sleeps, which is why dreams come from the right-brain while the left-brain is kipping. Forcing the left-brain to shut down by starving it of sleep, while you’re still awake, is a good way of experiencing the right-brain’s consciousness. It is in this state of consciousness that we can fully harness the right-brain’s power, which is why then we are hit by things like synchronicity and premonitions and the ability to manifest the physical world around us. This happened to me once during a very busy period of work at my hospital. I did 5 double shifts in as many days and had a major incident during one of them. I remember going to the toilet at three AM and hearing voices calling my name in the cubicle, and when I turned on the tap on the washbasin I saw faces in the water smiling at me.
 Another method… which I really recommend you do not try at home… is to have a stroke in your left hemisphere. This is what happened to a neurologist called Jill Bolte Taylor, and although she was seriously ill, her life was in danger and she needed intensive hospital treatment as a result, the experience of the injury was an amazingly positive life-changing one, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UyyjU8fzEYU. The simplest and safest way to activate your right-brain and to disarm the attacks against it from Illuminati-controlled society is just to be aware of its presence and to trust it. This was the most important thing Ian taught us at Shift 2. I think that the right-brain gives us hints, a little dig in the ribs every now and again that is just its way of saying: “Don’t forget, I’m here.” The synchronicity and premonitions we discussed are a part of that. A time is coming when we may not need to use the arduous above activities because of changes going on in the universe around us, which is in turn affecting the sun and the Earth. This all ties in with the 2012 phenomenon that Ian also explored. A couple of years ago Ian took a trip to Peru to meet with a tribe of Indians called the Quero. These were a tribe that everybody had assumed were wiped out by the Conquistadors in the 16th Century, but in fact they just went underground, living mostly in secret settlements high in the Andes mountains and keeping away from the general population. For some reason they decided to go public in the early 1960’s and reemerged from their hiding place to the astonishment and delight of their fellow Peruvians. While he was in Peru Ian fell down the stairs and broke his leg; I remember seeing him still limping at the 2010 Glastonbury Symposium, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ben-goes-on-tor.html. But this worked out for the best because he couldn’t go climbing with the rest of his group and so was free to wait at the bottom of the mountain and talk to the Quero Indians who found him there, in the true way that these incidents manifest themselves synchronistically. The Quero believe that in 2012 to 2013 the sun will go into a massive overdrive of activity that will cause it to bathe the Earth is solar flares. This will do terrible damage to electrical and electronic equipment that could take years to recover from; but, on the positive side, it could free us from the control of our right-brain by the Illuminati, so making their New World Order impossible. The legend the Quero speak of is shared by many indigenous tribes throughout the world. The Maori of New Zealand call it the “unveiling”, this is the literal translation of the Greek word apocalypse; not “end of the world”, but “unveiling”. It all fits into place! We can see now why the Illuminati agents in the Conquistadors were so desperate to commit their evil genocide on the American Indians, just like the Holy Inquisition did to witches in Europe during the thousand years previously. And that brings us onto the next interesting fact: The Vatican has just set up the first ever office of the Holy Inquisition anywhere in the world outside Rome… in the city of Lima in Peru, right on the doorstep of the Quero. Could the Chemtrails be an attempt to stop the positive effects of the solar flares reaching the Earth’s surface and so preserve Illuminati left-brain rule? I’m not sure; there are a lot of unanswered questions over Chemtrails and their true purpose, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/10/chemtrails-and-tomorrows-world.html. However Ian feels confident, as do I, that these attempts are futile and will fail. I’m glad I went to a Shift 2 event and I’d recommend them to everybody. Ian’s done a good job striving so hard not just to present them, but to do all the donkey-work as well. We left in high spirits. Both Ustane and I were inspired and filled with hope. Ian exudes a sense of optimism that cannot be found in any other researcher, even his runner-up David Icke. It was tiring to sit there for six hours taking in all that information and processing it in my brain… both hemispheres of it… , and my bottom was very sore afterwards, but I do resonate with what he was saying. I’ve noticed this in my own life since I was discharged from the Hospital Portering Service. Things have been working out for me very well, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/tv-guns-and-lawyers.html. Along with my housecleaning business I’ve been offered a job as a columnist in a new UFO/conspiracy magazine, of which I’ll post details as soon as they’re available. I’m also going to edit the magazine. Ironically if I were still in Portering I probably wouldn’t have the time. So now we know that clouds do indeed have silvery linings, and why they do.

 A good symptom of a spiritual awakening is when materialistic scientists like Michael Gazzaniga have fellow scholars who contradict his views; one of them in Iain McGilchrist, and it’s good to end an article with one of his speeches: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MbAJMi5el5I.

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/mystery-skin-disease-in-vietnam.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/ben-emlyn-jones-on-alternative-future.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/upcoming-interview-on-richplanet-tv.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/truth-is-in-there-yawn.html

  Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/tv-guns-and-lawyers.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/london-stones.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/whatever-happened-to-occupy.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/appeal-hearing.html

Exopolitics ET Communications Conference 2012

$
0
0


(Apologies for not producing a HPANWO main site article for some time; I’ve been very busy; see the rest of the sites)

Exopolitics Great Britain is hosting two events this year. For the fourth time there will be the main Exopolitics Expo in August, but before then, on June the 30th, they held a one day Extraterrestrial Communication Conference which I attended.
Here’s my HPANWO TV reportage of the event:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/exopolitics-et-communication-conference.html
And here’s a HPANWO Radio show where I give a report on the conference, in the last 25 minutes or so: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-3-podcast-kevin-annett-and.html

The last two Exopolitics Expoes were held in Leeds University and most of the delegates felt that the facilities were lacking. Universities out of term are pretty bleak places. Mind you the hospital shop next door did well! See here for my previous reviews of the 2010 and 2011 Expoes:
2010:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/08/2nd-annual-exopolitics-expo-leeds-2010.html
2011:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/exopolitics-leeds-2011.html
The base of operations has now shifted to the Static Gallery in Liverpool where catering is far better; in fact the venue itself has a very cheap and tasty food stall which most of the delegates used. From outside, the Static Gallery looks a bit like a builders’ yard, but when you get inside you’ll see that it is in fact a simple, elegant and very stylish conference centre. I’m familiar with it because it was the location for the 2009 Beyond Knowledge Conference which I attended. I remember it well because I was suffering from the effects of a double sprain at the time. My ankle and wrist were in bandages, and I was hobbling about the place painfully.

This conference was only a single day, but a lot was packed into it, as you’ll see if you watch the HPANWO TV reportage. The basic theme, meta-analysis and conclusion of these proceedings is that, astounding as it might seem, some people are being contacted and are communicating with intelligent entities from another world. That’s a remarkable claim to make, I know; but the evidence for it exists. The entities doing the communicating are extremely varied in nature; a huge number of different species have been positively identified. Some types are reported again and again in encounters by very different people who have had no contact with each other. The most common is the “Grey”, a short skinny humanoid with a smooth, featureless body, oversized head and large blank eyes. Also there are the “mantids”; huge, intelligent insectoid beings. Despite their fearsome appearance they are often friendly and compassionate. The phrase “blue doctors” was used to describe a creature seen by both a young girl in England and also the American novelist Whitley Strieber. These are squat dwarf-like beings with thick clothing and hairy skin. The Reptoids are similar in appearance to the Reptilians reported by David Icke and others, whom witnesses see shape-shifting in and out of human form. However there’s no reason to think that the two are the same thing. The “Nordics” are the most interesting; they appear almost exactly like humans apart from unnaturally pronounced features, usually bright blond hair and blue eyes. The eyes are often larger than normal and the bone structure unusual. In fact if you dressed a Nordic up in normal clothes and let him walk down a street people wouldn’t run screaming. They might just give him a double take and think: “He looks weird”. People from all over the world, Amazonian Indians to Australian sheep-farmers; African goat-herders to English bank managers; Chinese businessmen to Russian airline pilots, have all seen these very same creatures.

The aliens seem to have a wide variety of motives and intents. Some are deeply benevolent, loving and friendly; they often instil the witness with higher spiritual feelings. Sometimes they heal physical and psychological wounds. A person can have their lives changed for the better by encounters with these beings. Some are unpleasant, violent and cause the witness a lot of pain and injury, and even in the most extreme cases death. They have been known to sexually abuse and torture the humans they abduct against their will. Some seem neutrally detached; scientist-like, observing dispassionately. One thing that I often find is that witnesses tend to extrapolate their own ET experiences onto all of ET-dom. This is a mistake, as I explain in my HPANWO TV reportage in the section about Mike Oram. Aliens are enormously varied and behave in a wide variety of ways; there’s no reason to think, as Stephen Greer does, that just because you bump into a nasty ET it’s definitely a MILAB. This brings us onto another topic: Government interest and collaboration. MILABS, MILitary ABductions, do occur. Despite some claims to the contrary, they definitely can’t explain all cases of ET interaction, but they can a few. Sometimes witnesses report both ET’s and humans, in white coats or military uniforms, working together during encounters. It seems that even when governments are not colluding with the aliens they take an interest in those encountering ET’s independently. Contactees may find that their phone gets tapped and mysterious cars follow them along the roads etc.

What are these extraterrestrials that are communicating with us? I don’t know. That’s a question that needs answering! They may in reality be a blanket term for a wide variety of phenomena. I don’t think we know for certain that they’re flying here from other stars in spacecraft; there may be another explanation. I’m convinced though that the Skeptical theory: that’s it’s all in our heads, is palpably false. Millions of people all over the world are having experiences with these beings. There is a pile of evidence supporting that they are objectively real.

This was a great conference and thanks to everybody who was involved in organizing it; and to everybody else who attended. I’m looking forward to the Exopolitics Expo in August; expect another report from me.

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/kevin-annetts-historic-lawsuit.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/roger-hayes-arrested.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/men-who-made-us-fat.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/richard-wiseman-skeptocrat.html

Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/exopolitics-et-communication-conference.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/revelation-by-bill-napier.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/bexleyheath-ufo-incident.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/making-dignity-statements-part-2.html

Latest HPANWO Radio shows:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-3-podcast-kevin-annett-and.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/programme-2-podcast.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/programme-1-podcast.html

UFO Disclosure Portal

$
0
0
I have decided to put links to all my publications on the subject of UFO Disclosure into a single portal where readers can access them easily and systematically. I did the same for Brexit, see: https://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2019/10/brexit-portal.htmland Jeffrey Epstein, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2019/08/jeffrey-epstein-death-portal.html. The posts will be in chronological order and separated under the categories of HPANWO Voice, HPANWO TV, HPANWO Radio, Ben' Bookcase and the HPANWO main site. I include Ben's Bookcase this time because I have links to my own Disclosure novels, the Roswell Trilogy. The Disclosure issue is definitely not over and I will be adding further entries to this database in the future when I produce them.

HPANWO Voice

HPANWO TV
UFO Disclosure 2015- the Roswell Slides and Petition Deadline:https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2015/02/ufo-disclosure-2015-roswell-slides-and.html.
UFO Disclosure 2015- John Podesta and New Roswell in Canada:https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2015/02/ufo-disclosure-2015-john-podesta-and.html.

HPANWO Radio
Programme 45 Podcast- Citizen Hearing Special, Part 2- Stephen Bassett:https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2013/05/programme-45-podcast-citizen-hearing.html.
Programme 46 Podcast- Citizen Hearing Special, Part 3- Stanton Friedman:https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2013/05/programme-46-podcast-citizen-hearing.html.
Programme 47 Podcast- Citizen Hearing Special, Part 4-Richard Wright:https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2013/06/programme-47-podcast-citizen-hearing.html.
Programme 125 Podcast- Stephen Bassett, Disclosure Update:https://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.com/2015/02/programme-125-podcast-stephen-bassett.html.

HPANWO

Ben's Bookcase

Helen Duncan Portal

$
0
0
I have decided to put links to all my publications on the subject of Helen Duncan and the 1944 Witchcraft Trial into a single portal where readers can access them easily and systematically. I did the same for Brexit, see: https://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2019/10/brexit-portal.html, Jeffrey Epstein, see: https://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.com/2019/08/jeffrey-epstein-death-portal.htmland UFO Disclosure, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.com/2020/02/ufo-disclosure-portal.html. The posts will be in chronological order and separated under the categories of HPANWO Voice, HPANWO TV, HPANWO Radio. The Helen Duncan issue is definitely not over and I will be adding further entries to this.

HPANWO Voice

HPANWO TV
Helen Duncan- the most Dangerous Psychic in the World:https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2014/07/helen-duncan-most-dangerous-psychic-in.html.
Ben Emlyn-Jones live as ASSAP Seriously Suspicious 2016:https://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.com/2016/11/ben-emlyn-jones-live-as-assap-seriously.html.

HPANWO Radio
Viewing all 83 articles
Browse latest View live